<PAGE>
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 1999
Registration No. 333-
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
---------------
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
---------------
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Delaware 4813 77-0461529
(State or other (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
jurisdiction of Classification Code Number) Identification Number)
incorporation or
organization)
</TABLE>
2330 Central Expressway
Santa Clara, California 95050
(408) 844-7500
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
Registrant's principal executive offices)
ROBERT E. KNOWLING, JR.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Covad Communications Group, Inc.
2330 Central Expressway, Santa Clara, California 95050
(408) 844-7500
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
of agent for service)
Copies to:
Barry E. Taylor, Esq. Gary L. Sellers, Esq.
Robert G. O'Connor, Esq. Mark Zerdin, Esq.
Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Simpson, Thacher & Bartlett
Professional Corporation 425 Lexington Avenue
650 Page Mill Road New York, NY 10017
Palo Alto, CA 94304 (212) 455-2000
(650) 493-9300
---------------
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [_]
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]
If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]
---------------
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
Proposed
Proposed Maximum
Title of Each Class of Amount Maximum Aggregate Amount of
Securities to be to be Offering Price Offering Registration
Registered Registered(1) Per Share(2) Price(2) Fee
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Common stock, $0.001 par 8,625,000
value................. shares $54.02 $465,922,500 $129,527
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) Amount to be registered includes 1,125,000 shares that may be purchased by
the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee
pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act based on the high and low
trading price for the common stock on May 17, 1999.
---------------
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this
Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the
Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities
Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. +
+Underwriters may not confirm sales of these securities until the registration +
+statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. +
+This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not +
+soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or +
+sale is not permitted. +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED MAY 19, 1999
PROSPECTUS
7,500,000 Shares
[LOGO OF COVAD]
Covad Communications Group, Inc.
Common Stock
-----------
This is a public offering of 7,500,000 shares of common stock of Covad
Communications Group, Inc. The selling stockholders identified in the
prospectus are selling all of the 7,500,000 shares offered under this
prospectus. These numbers and, unless we indicate otherwise, all other
information in this prospectus gives effect to a 3-for-2 split of our common
stock effective May 19, 1999. We will not receive any proceeds from the shares
of common stock sold by the selling stockholders.
Our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol
"COVD." On May 18, 1999, the last reported sale price for our common stock on
the Nasdaq National Market was $61.25 per share after giving effect to the May
19, 1999 3-for-2 stock split.
See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 5 to read about certain risks that you
should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body
has approved or disapproved these securities or passed upon the adequacy or
accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Per
Share Total
----- -----
<S> <C> <C>
Public offering price.............................................. $ $
Underwriting discounts and commissions............................. $ $
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders............. $ $
</TABLE>
The underwriters may, under certain circumstances, purchase up to an additional
1,125,000 shares of common stock from certain selling stockholders at the
public offering price less the underwriting discount.
The underwriters are severally underwriting the shares being offered. The
underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York
on , 1999.
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
BT Alex. Brown
Credit Suisse First Boston
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Wit Capital Corporation
-----------
The date of this prospectus is , 1999
<PAGE>
[INSIDE FRONT COVER]
[NATIONAL COVERAGE GRAPHIC]
Header: National DSL Coverage.
Description: Graphic illustration of the United States territory marked with
symbols identifying the 11 cities in which the Company's services are
available and the 11 cities in which the Company's services are planned to be
made available. The name of the city is identified beside each symbol.
Caption: Covad estimates that, when complete, its DSL Networks in these 22
metropolitan regions will enable the Company to provide service to over 28
million homes and businesses.
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
You should read the entire prospectus, including "Risk Factors" beginning on
page 5, carefully before investing in our common stock.
Overview of Our Business
We are a leading high-speed Internet and network access provider offering
digital subscriber line (DSL) services to Internet service provider and
enterprise customers. Internet service providers purchase our services in order
to provide high-speed Internet access to their business and consumer end-users.
Enterprise customers purchase our services to provide employees with high-speed
remote access to the enterprise's local area networks to improve employee
productivity and reduce operating costs. We refer to these services as remote
local area network (RLAN) services.
As of April 30, 1999, we had installed approximately DSL lines and
received orders for our services from over Internet service provider and
enterprise customers, including Cisco Systems, Concentric Network, Epoch
Networks, Oracle, PeopleSoft, Prodigy, PSINet, Stanford University, Sun
Microsystems, Verio and Whole Earth Networks.
Since March 1998, we have raised $569.0 million in debt and equity financing
to fund the deployment and expansion of our networks. To date we have
introduced our services in 11 metropolitan regions representing 26 metropolitan
statistical areas.
We plan to build our networks and offer our services in 22 metropolitan
regions nationwide representing 51 metropolitan statistical areas. We estimate
that when complete, our networks in these 22 metropolitan regions will enable
us to provide service to over 28 million homes and businesses. As of April 30,
1999, we were offering our services from over central offices and our
networks passed approximately million homes and businesses.
In addition, we have entered into strategic relationships with AT&T Corp.,
NEXTLINK Communications, Inc. and Qwest Communications Corporation for the
purchase, marketing and resale of our services, the purchase by us of fiber
optic transport services, and housing of network equipment in central office
space.
Market Opportunity
We believe that we have a substantial business opportunity for the following
reasons:
. There is a growing market demand for high-speed digital communications
services.
. High-speed data communication services are enabling new applications for
businesses and consumers.
. DSL is a cost-effective technology for high-speed digital communications.
. The passage of the 1996 Telecommunications Act facilitates competition by
competitive telecommunications companies.
Our Competitive Strengths
We offer an attractive value proposition. For business Internet users, our
high-end services offer comparable bandwidth to T1 and frame relay circuits
(which are 25 times the speed of analog modems) at a substantially lower cost
than the traditional T1 service. For the RLAN market, our mid-range services
are three to six times the speed of ISDN lines and up to ten times the speed of
analog modems at monthly rates similar to or lower than those for heavily-used
ISDN lines. For consumer Internet users, our consumer services are comparably
priced to other services, such as cable modem services, but offer significant
advantages in security, network performance and speed.
1
<PAGE>
Our services are widely available, continuously connected and secure. Our
strategy of providing blanket coverage in each region we serve is designed to
ensure that our services are available to the vast majority of our customers'
end-users. Our networks provide a 24-hour continuous connection, unlike ISDN
lines and analog modems that require customers to dial-up each time for
Internet or RLAN access. Also, because we use dedicated connections from each
end-user to the Internet service provider or enterprise network, our customers
can reduce the risk of unauthorized access.
Our efficient DSL installation enables superior customer service. We were
the first to roll out DSL services, making DSL service available for purchase
in the San Francisco Bay Area in December 1997. Since then, we have installed a
total of approximately lines as of April 30, 1999. Through this experience,
we believe we have achieved high rates of on-time installation and customer
satisfaction, which are critical elements for the successful roll-out of a DSL
service offering.
Our management team has extensive industry experience. Our management team
includes individuals with extensive experience in the data communications,
telecommunications and personal computer industries. In July 1998, we hired as
our Chief Executive Officer Robert Knowling, Jr., who formerly served as the
Executive Vice President of Operations and Technologies at U S WEST
Communications and as Vice President of Network Operations at Ameritech. We
also have in place four Regional Presidents to cover all 22 of our metropolitan
regions.
Our Business Strategy
The key elements of our strategy are:
. to secure competitive local exchange carrier status and sign
interconnection agreements for the top U.S. markets;
. to enter and roll out our service rapidly in our target regions to
achieve a first-mover advantage;
. to provide blanket coverage in each of our 22 metropolitan regions
representing 51 metropolitan statistical areas;
. to concentrate our sales efforts on both Internet service provider and
enterprise customers that can provide a large number of end-users;
. to establish relationships with leading Internet service providers,
systems integrators, other competitive telecommunications companies and
long-distance carriers in order to expand our distribution channels and
the use of our services; and
. to provide a superior and comprehensive product and service solution that
includes service set-up and a broad range of DSL services.
2
<PAGE>
The Offering
The following information is based on 80,576,818 shares of our common stock
outstanding on March 31, 1999. This number includes:
. 7,580,646 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
warrants that were issued in connection with our 1998 notes, including
7,245,000 of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering by
the selling stockholders; and
. 9,568,765 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 6,379,177
shares of our non-voting class B common stock held by our strategic
investors.
This number excludes:
. 17,389,182 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options at a
weighted average exercise price of $2.50 on March 31, 1999;
. 3,417,599 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our
1997 Stock Plan and 1,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future
issuance under our 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan as of March 31,
1999; and
. 202,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant issued
to a consultant at an exercise price of $0.6667 per share.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Common stock offered by the selling
stockholders.................................... 7,500,000 shares
Common stock to be outstanding before and after
this offering................................... 80,576,818 shares
Use of proceeds.................................. We will not receive any
proceeds from this offering.
Nasdaq National Market symbol.................... COVD
</TABLE>
Unless we indicate otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes the
underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. Unless we indicate
otherwise, we have adjusted all information in this prospectus to reflect a 3-
for-2 split of our common stock effective May 19, 1999.
----------------
The address of our principal executive office is 2330 Central Expressway,
Santa Clara, California 95050, and our telephone number is (408) 844-7500.
"Covad(TM)," "TeleSpeed(R)," "TeleSurferSM," "The Speed to WorkSM" and the
Covad crescent logo names and marks are our trademarks and servicemarks. This
prospectus contains other product names, trade names and trademarks of ours and
of other organizations.
3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
Year Ended December 31, March 31,
------------------------ ---------------------
1997 1998 1998 1999
----------- ----------- --------- ----------
(unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per
share amounts)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consolidated Statement of
Operations Data:
Revenues..................... $ 26 $ 5,326 $ 186 $ 5,596
Operating expenses:
Network and product costs.. 54 4,562 203 4,960
Sales, marketing, general
and administrative........ 2,374 31,043 1,944 18,113
Amortization of deferred
compensation.............. 295 3,997 227 1,653
Depreciation and
amortization.............. 70 3,406 164 4,647
----------- ----------- --------- ----------
Total operating
expenses................ 2,793 43,008 2,538 29,373
----------- ----------- --------- ----------
Income (loss) from
operations.................. (2,767) (37,682) (2,352) (23,777)
Net interest income
(expense)................. 155 (10,439) (429) (5,127)
----------- ----------- --------- ----------
Net income (loss)............ $ (2,612) $ (48,121) $ (2,781) $ (28,904)
=========== =========== ========= ==========
Net income (loss) per common
share....................... $ (0.53) $ (5.62) $ (0.39) $ (0.56)
Weighted average shares used
in computing net income
(loss) per share............ 4,907,319 8,562,802 7,118,160 53,621,977
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA(1).................... $ (2,402) $ (30,154) $ (1,961) $ (17,477)
Consolidated Cash Flow Data:
Provided by (used in)
operating activities........ $ (1,895) $ (9,054) $ 521 $ (15,254)
Provided by (used in)
investing activities........ (2,494) (61,252) (3,802) (123,048)
Provided by (used in)
financing activities........ 8,767 130,378 130,661 415,655
<CAPTION>
As of December 31, As of March 31,
------------------------ ---------------------
1997 1998 1998 1999
----------- ----------- --------- ----------
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet
Data:
Cash and cash equivalents.... $ 4,378 $ 64,450 $ 131,758 $ 341,803
Net property and equipment... 3,014 59,145 6,652 99,196
Total assets................. 8,074 139,419 147,481 577,238
Long-term obligations,
including current portion... 783 142,879 128,401 358,464
Total stockholders' equity
(net capital deficiency).... 6,498 (24,706) 16,193 187,369
<CAPTION>
As of December 31, As of March 31,
------------------------ ---------------------
1997 1998 1998 1999
----------- ----------- --------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Other Operating Data:
Homes and businesses passed.. 278,000 6,000,000 800,000 11,200,000
Lines installed.............. 26 3,900 100 8,600
</TABLE>
- --------
(1)EBITDA consists of net loss excluding net interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortization, non-cash stock- based compensation and other non-
operating income or expenses. We have provided EBITDA because it is a
measure of financial performance commonly used in the telecommunications
industry as well as to enhance an understanding of our operating results.
EBITDA should not be construed as either:
. an alternative to operating income (as determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principals) as an indicator of our
operating performance, or
. an alternative to cash flows from operating activities (as determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principals) as a measure of
liquidity.
EBITDA as calculated by us may be calculated differently than EBITDA for
other companies. See our consolidated financial statements and the related
notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
4
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You
should carefully consider the following factors before deciding to purchase
shares of our common stock. The risks described below are not the only ones
that we face. Additional risks that generally apply to publicly traded
companies, that are not yet identified or that we currently think are
immaterial, may also adversely affect our company.
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. We use words such as "anticipates," "believes," "plans,"
"expects," future," "intends" and similar expressions to identify forward-
looking statements. Our actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors,
including the risks described below and elsewhere in this prospectus. We
disclaim any obligation to update information contained in any forward-looking
statement.
Our business is difficult to evaluate because we have a limited operating
history
We were incorporated in October 1996 and introduced our services
commercially in the San Francisco Bay Area in December 1997. Because of our
limited operating history, you have limited operating and financial data upon
which to evaluate our business. You should consider that we have the risks of
an early stage company in a new and rapidly evolving market. To overcome these
risks, we must:
. rapidly expand the geographic coverage of our services;
. attract and retain customers within our existing and in new regions;
. increase awareness of our services;
. respond to competitive developments;
. continue to attract, retain and motivate qualified persons;
. continue to upgrade our technologies in response to competition and
market factors; and
. effectively manage the growth of our operations.
We have a history of losses and expect increasing losses in the future
We have incurred substantial losses and experienced negative cash flow each
fiscal quarter since our inception. As of March 31, 1999, we had an
accumulated deficit of approximately $79.6 million. We intend to increase our
capital expenditures and operating expenses in order to expand our business.
As a result, we expect to incur substantial additional net losses and
substantial negative cash flow for at least the next several years.
In addition, we expect our net losses to increase in the future due to the
interest and amortization charges related to the 13 1/2% Senior Discount Notes
due 2008 issued in March 1998 and the 12 1/2% Senior Notes due 2009 issued in
February 1999, and the amortization charges related to our issuance of
preferred stock to AT&T's venture capital arm and two affiliated funds ("AT&T
Ventures"), NEXTLINK and Qwest in January 1999. For example:
. Interest and amortization charges relating to the 1998 notes were
approximately $16.0 million during the year ended December 31, 1998.
These charges will increase each year until the year ending December 31,
2004, during which period the interest and amortization charges will be
approximately $36.9 million. This increase is due to the accretion of the
1998 notes to $260 million through March 2003.
. Interest and amortization charges relating to the 1999 notes will be
approximately $24.0 million during the year ending December 31, 1999 and
will increase slightly each year to approximately $28.3 million during
the year ending December 31, 2008.
. We recorded intangible assets of $28.7 million associated with the
issuance of our preferred stock to AT&T Ventures, NEXTLINK and Qwest.
These amounts will result in an annual amortization charge of
approximately $8.4 million in each of the years in the three year period
ending December 31, 2001.
5
<PAGE>
Our operating results are likely to fluctuate in future periods
Our annual and quarterly operating results are likely to fluctuate
significantly in the future as a result of numerous factors, many of which are
outside of our control. These factors include:
. the timing and ability of traditional telephone companies to provide us
with central office space;
. the rate at which customers subscribe to our services;
. decreases in the prices for our services due to competition, volume-based
pricing and other factors;
. Internet service provider and enterprise customer retention and end-user
churn rates;
. the success of our relationships with AT&T, NEXTLINK and Qwest and other
potential third parties in generating significant subscriber demand;
. the ability to deploy on a timely basis our services to adequately
satisfy end-user demand;
. delays in the commencement of operations in new regions and the
generation of revenue because certain network elements have lead times
that are controlled by traditional telephone companies and other third
parties;
. the mix of line orders between consumer end-users and business end-users
(which typically have higher margins);
.the amount and timing of capital expenditures and other costs relating to
the expansion of our networks;
. the ability to develop and commercialize new services by us or our
competitors;
. the impact of regulatory developments, including interpretations of the
1996 Telecommunications Act;
. our ability to successfully operate our networks; and
. general economic conditions and economic conditions specific to the
telecommunications industry, which may affect the demand and pricing for
our services.
As a result, it is likely that in some future quarters our operating results
will be below the expectations of securities analysts and investors. If this
happens, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline.
We cannot predict whether we will be successful because our business strategy
is unproven
We believe that we were the first competitive telecommunications company to
provide high-speed Internet and network access using DSL technology. As a
result, our business strategy is unproven. To be successful, we must develop
and market services that achieve broad commercial acceptance by Internet
service provider and enterprise customers in our targeted regions. Because our
business and the market for high-speed digital communications services are in
the early stages of development, we are uncertain of whether our services will
achieve broad commercial acceptance.
We may experience decreasing prices for our services, which may impair our
ability to achieve profitability or positive cash flow
We may experience decreasing prices for our services due to competition,
volume-based pricing and other factors. Currently, we charge higher prices for
some of our services than some of our competitors do for their similar
services. As a result, we cannot assure you that our customers and their end-
user customers will select our services over those of our competitors. In
addition, prices for digital communications services in general have fallen
historically, and we expect this trend to continue. We have provided and expect
in the future to provide price discounts to customers that commit to sell our
services to a large number of their end-user customers. Our consumer grade
services have lower prices than our business grade services. As a result, an
increase in future periods in the percentage of our revenues which we derive
from our consumer services would reduce our overall profit margins. We also
expect to reduce prices periodically in the future to respond to
6
<PAGE>
competition and to generate increased sales volume. As a result, we cannot
predict whether demand for our services will exist at attractive prices to
achieve profitability or positive cash flow.
We depend on Internet service providers and other third parties for the
marketing and sale of our services
We market our Internet access services through Internet service providers
for resale to their business and consumer end-users. To date, a limited number
of Internet service providers have accounted for the significant majority of
our revenues. As a result, a significant reduction in the number of end-users
provided by one or more of our key Internet service providers could result in a
material decrease in our revenues for a given period. We expect that our
Internet service provider customers will account for the majority of our future
market penetration and revenue growth. Our agreements with our Internet service
provider customers are non-exclusive. Many of our Internet service provider
customers also resell services offered by our competitors. In addition, a
number of our Internet service provider customers have committed to provide
large numbers of end-users in exchange for price discounts. If our Internet
service provider customers do not meet their volume commitments or otherwise do
not sell our services to as many end users as we expect, our business will
suffer.
In addition, we recently entered into commercial agreements with each of
AT&T, NEXTLINK and Qwest. Our agreements with AT&T, NEXTLINK and Qwest provide
for the purchase, marketing and resale of our services, primarily to their
small business and enterprise customers. We cannot predict the number of line
orders that AT&T, NEXTLINK or Qwest will generate, if any, or whether line
orders will be below our expectations. In addition, these and future
relationships we may establish with other third parties may not improve our
business.
We may be unable to manage our growth effectively
Our strategy is to significantly expand our networks within our existing
regions and to deploy substantially all of our networks in our 22 targeted
metropolitan regions representing 51 metropolitan statistical areas by the end
of 1999. The execution of this strategy involves:
. obtaining the required government authorizations;
. identifying, accessing and initiating service in key central offices
within existing and target regions;
. designing and maintaining an adequate operational support system;
. designing and constructing regional data centers;
. obtaining central office space; and
. entering into and renewing interconnection agreements with the
appropriate traditional telephone companies on satisfactory terms and
conditions.
To accomplish this strategy, we must, among other things:
. market to and acquire a substantial number of customers and end-users;
. continue to implement and improve our operational, financial and
management information systems, including our client ordering,
provisioning, dispatch, trouble ticketing and other operational systems
as well as our billing, accounts receivable and payable tracking, fixed
assets and other financial management systems;
. hire and train additional qualified management and technical personnel;
. establish and maintain relationships with third parties to market and
sell our services, install network equipment and provide field service;
and
. continue to expand and upgrade our network infrastructure.
7
<PAGE>
We may be unable to do these things successfully. Further, we may be unable
to deploy our networks as scheduled or achieve the operational growth
necessary to achieve our business strategy.
Our growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, significant
demands on our management and operational resources. We expect to continue to
increase significantly our employee base to support the deployment of our
networks. For example, we expect the demands on our network infrastructure and
technical support resources to grow rapidly along with our customer base. If
we are successful in implementing our marketing strategy, we may have
difficulty responding to demand for our services and technical support in a
timely manner and in accordance with our customers' expectations. We expect
these demands to require the addition of new management personnel and the
increased outsourcing of company functions to third parties. We may be unable
to do this successfully. In addition, our networks, procedures and controls
may be inadequate to support our operations.
We depend on traditional telephone companies to provide central office space
and unbundled network elements, both of which are critical to our success
Our success depends significantly on our ability to provide broad service
availability in our target regions. To do this, we must secure physical space
from traditional telephone companies for our equipment in the traditional
telephone companies' central offices in these regions. We have experienced
initial rejections of our applications to secure this space:
. from Pacific Bell in a significant number of central offices in Pacific
Bell's service areas in California;
. from GTE Corporation in certain central offices in the Los Angeles region
; and
. from Bell Atlantic and other traditional telephone companies in
Massachusetts, Virginia and in other states.
We expect that as we proceed with our deployment, we will face additional
rejections of our applications for central office space in our other target
regions. The rejection of our applications for central office space has in the
past resulted, and could in the future result, in delays and increased
expenses in the rollout of our services in our target regions, including
delays and expenses associated with engaging in legal proceedings with the
traditional telephone companies. This could harm our business.
We face other challenges in dealing with the traditional telephone
companies:
. there are limitations on the availability of central office space in high
demand target markets in which other competitive telecommunications
companies are seeking or have obtained central office space to offer
services;
. we have experienced delays and expect to continue to experience delays
where traditional telephone companies do not maintain our position in the
queue for central office space; and
. we are engaged in a variety of negotiations, regulatory disputes and
legal actions to resolve situations where traditional telephone companies
assert that certain central offices lack sufficient space for our
equipment, and we may be unable to resolve these matters successfully.
As a result of these challenges, we expect that we will continue to
experience delays in obtaining central office space which would slow down the
deployment of our networks and our ability to increase the number of end-users
for our services.
The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) has been reviewing the policies
and practices of the traditional telephone companies with the goal of
facilitating the efforts of competitive telecommunications companies to obtain
central office space more easily and on more favorable terms. On March 18,
1999, the FCC announced that it was adopting rules to make it easier and less
expensive for competitive telecommunications
8
<PAGE>
companies to obtain central office space and to require traditional telephone
companies to make new alternative arrangements for obtaining central office
space. The FCC's new rules may not be implemented in a timely manner and may
not enhance our ability to obtain central office space.
We also depend on traditional telephone companies to provide unbundled DSL-
capable lines that connect each end-user to our equipment located in the
central offices. The 1996 Telecommunications Act generally requires that
charges for these unbundled network elements be cost-based and
nondiscriminatory. The nonrecurring and recurring monthly charges for DSL-
capable lines that we require vary greatly. These rates are subject to the
approval of the state regulatory commissions. The rate approval processes for
DSL-capable lines and other unbundled network elements typically involve a
lengthy review of the rates proposed by the traditional telephone companies in
each state. The ultimate rates approved typically depend on the traditional
telephone company's initial rate proposals and the policies of the state
public utility commission. These rate approval proceedings are time-consuming
and expensive. Consequently, we are subject to the risk that the non-recurring
and recurring charges for DSL-capable lines and other unbundled network
elements will increase based on rates proposed by the traditional telephone
companies and approved by state regulatory commissions from time to time,
which would harm our operating results.
We depend on traditional telephone companies to provide transmission
facilities and to provision copper lines
We interconnect with and use traditional telephone companies' networks to
service our customers, which presents a number of challenges as we depend on
traditional telephone companies:
. to use their technology and capabilities to meet certain
telecommunications needs of our customers and to maintain our service
standards;
. to cooperate with us for the provision and repair of transmission
facilities; and
. to provide the services and network components that we order, for which
they depend significantly on unionized labor. Labor issues have in the
past and may in the future hurt the telephone companies' performance.
Our dependence on the traditional telephone companies has caused and could
continue to cause us to encounter delays in establishing our networks and
providing higher speed DSL services.
We rely on the traditional telephone companies to provision copper lines to
our customers and end-users. We must establish efficient procedures for
ordering, provisioning, maintaining and repairing large volumes of DSL-capable
lines from the traditional telephone companies. We must also establish
satisfactory billing arrangements with the traditional telephone companies. We
may not be able to do these things in a manner that will allow us to retain
and grow our customer and end-user base.
Our business will suffer if our interconnection agreements are not renewed or
if they are renewed or modified on unfavorable terms
We are required to enter into and implement interconnection agreements in
each of our target regions with the appropriate traditional telephone
companies in order to provide service in those regions. Our interconnection
agreements have a maximum term of three years. Therefore, we will have to
renegotiate these agreements with the traditional telephone companies when
they expire. We may not succeed in extending or renegotiating them on
favorable terms.
Additionally, disputes have arisen and will likely arise in the future as a
result of differences in interpretations of the interconnection agreements.
For example, we are in arbitration proceedings with two traditional telephone
companies under the dispute resolution clauses of our interconnection
agreements. These disputes have delayed our deployment of our networks. They
have also negatively affected our service to our customers and our ability to
enter into additional interconnection agreements with the traditional
telephone
9
<PAGE>
companies in other states. In addition, the interconnection agreements are
subject to state commission, FCC and judicial oversight. These government
authorities may modify the terms of the interconnection agreements in a way
that harms our business.
We depend on the traditional telephone companies for the quality and
availability of the copper lines that we use
We depend significantly on the quality and availability of the traditional
telephone companies' copper lines and the traditional telephone companies'
maintenance of such lines. We may not be able to obtain the copper lines and
the services we require from the traditional telephone companies at
satisfactory quality levels, rates, terms and conditions. Our inability to do
so could delay the expansion of our networks and degrade the quality of our
services to our customers.
The market in which we operate is highly competitive, and we may not be able to
compete effectively, especially against established industry competitors with
significantly greater financial resources
The markets for business and consumer Internet access and RLAN access
services are intensely competitive. We expect that these markets will become
increasingly competitive in the future. We face competition from the
traditional telephone companies, cable modem service providers, competitive
telecommunications companies, traditional and new national long distance
carriers, Internet service providers, on-line service providers and wireless
and satellite service providers. Many of these competitors have longer
operating histories, greater name recognition, better strategic relationships
and significantly greater financial, technical or marketing resources than we
do. As a result, these competitors:
. may be able to develop and adopt new or emerging technologies and respond
to changes in customer requirements or devote greater resources to the
development, promotion and sale of their products and services more
effectively than we can;
. may form new alliances and rapidly acquire significant market share; and
. may be able to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns, adopt more
aggressive pricing policies and devote substantially more resources to
developing high-speed digital services.
The intense competition from our competitors, including the traditional
telephone companies, the cable modem service providers and the competitive
telecommunications companies could harm our business.
The traditional telephone companies represent strong competition in all of
our target service areas. We expect this competition to intensify. For example,
traditional telephone companies have an established brand name and reputation
for high quality in their service areas, possess sufficient capital to deploy
DSL equipment rapidly, have their own copper lines and can bundle digital data
services with their existing analog voice services to achieve economies of
scale in serving customers. Certain of the traditional telephone companies have
aggressively priced their consumer DSL services as low as $30-$40 per month,
placing pricing pressure on our TeleSurfer services. The traditional telephone
companies can offer service to end-users from certain central offices where we
are unable to secure central office space and offer service. Accordingly, we
may be unable to compete successfully against the traditional telephone
companies.
Cable modem service providers such as @Home Network and MediaOne (and their
respective cable partners) are deploying high-speed Internet access services
over hybrid fiber coaxial cable networks. Where deployed, these networks
provide similar and in some cases higher-speed Internet access and RLAN access
than we provide. They also offer these services at lower price points than our
TeleSurfer services. As a result, competition with the cable modem service
providers may have a significant negative effect on our ability to secure
customers and may create downward pressure on the prices we can charge for our
services.
Many competitive telecommunications companies offer high-speed data services
using a business strategy similar to ours. Some of these competitors have begun
offering DSL-based access services and others are likely
10
<PAGE>
to do so in the future. In addition, some competitive telecommunications
companies have extensive fiber networks in many metropolitan areas primarily
providing high-speed digital and voice circuits to large corporations, and have
interconnection agreements with traditional telephone companies pursuant to
which they have acquired central office space in many of our markets. Further,
certain of our customers have made investments in our competitors. As a result
of the above, we may be unsuccessful in generating a significant number of new
customers or retaining existing customers.
The digital communications industry is undergoing rapid technological changes,
and new technologies may be superior to the technology we use
The digital communications industry is subject to rapid and significant
technological change, including continuing developments in DSL technology,
which does not presently have widely accepted standards, and alternative
technologies for providing high speed data communications such as cable modem
technology. As a consequence:
. we will rely on third parties, including some of our competitors and
potential competitors, to develop and provide us with access to
communications and networking technology;
. our success will depend on our ability to anticipate or adapt to new
technology on a timely basis; and
. we expect that new products and technologies will emerge that may be
superior to, or may not be compatible with, our products and
technologies.
If we fail to adapt successfully to technological changes or fail to obtain
access to important technologies, our business will suffer.
Our operating results will suffer if our enterprise customers do not roll out
our services following their initial phase of deploying our services
Our practice with respect to our enterprise customers has been to enter into
an arrangement to install our service initially for a small number of end-
users. An enterprise customer decides whether to implement a broad rollout of
our services after evaluating the results of this initial phase of deployment.
As of April 30, 1999, a substantial majority of our enterprise customers had
not yet rolled out our services broadly to their employees, and it is not
certain when such rollouts will occur, if at all. We will not receive
significant revenue from enterprise customers until and unless these rollouts
occur. Therefore, any continued or ongoing failure of enterprise customers to
roll out our services could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our strategy depends on growth in demand for DSL-based services
The markets for high-speed Internet and RLAN access are in the early stages
of development. As a result, we cannot predict the rate at which these markets
will grow, if at all, or whether new or increased competition will result in
market saturation. Various providers of high-speed digital communications
services are testing products from various suppliers for various applications.
We do not know whether DSL will offer the same or more attractive price-
performance characteristics. Critical issues concerning commercial use of DSL
for Internet and RLAN access, including security, reliability, ease and cost of
access and quality of service, remain unresolved and may impact the growth of
such services. If the markets for our services grow more slowly than we
anticipate or become saturated with competitors, our ability to achieve revenue
growth and positive cash flow will be harmed.
Our leverage is substantial and will increase, making it more difficult to
respond to changing business conditions
As of March 31, 1999, we had approximately $358.5 million of long-term
obligations (including current portion), which consists primarily of the 1998
notes and the 1999 notes. Because the 1998 notes accrete to $260 million
through March 2003, we will become increasingly leveraged until then, whether
or not we incur
11
<PAGE>
new indebtedness in the future. We may also incur additional indebtedness in
the future, subject to certain restrictions contained in the indentures
governing the 1998 notes and the 1999 notes, to finance the continued
development, commercial deployment and expansion of our networks and for
funding operating losses or to take advantage of unanticipated opportunities.
The degree to which we are leveraged could have important consequences to you.
For example, it could:
. materially limit or impair our ability to obtain additional financing or
refinancing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures,
acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other purposes;
. require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow to the
payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness, which reduces the
availability of cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures,
acquisitions, general corporate purposes or other purposes;
. limit our ability to redeem the 1998 notes and the 1999 notes in the
event of a change of control; and
. increase our vulnerability to economic downturns, limit our ability to
withstand competitive pressures and reduce our flexibility in responding
to changing business and economic conditions.
We will require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness; our
ability to generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control
We expect to continue to generate substantial net losses and negative cash
flow for at least the next several years. We may be unable to maintain a level
of cash flow from operations sufficient to permit us to pay the principal,
premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, including the 1998 notes
and the 1999 notes, and any additional indebtedness we may incur. The 1998
notes accrete to $260.0 million through March 2003 and we must begin paying
cash interest on those notes in September 2003. In addition, we must begin
paying cash interest on the 1999 notes in August 1999. We have set aside
approximately $74.1 million in government securities in a pledge account to
fund the first three years of interest payments on the 1999 notes.
Our ability to make scheduled payments with respect to indebtedness
(including the 1998 notes and the 1999 notes) will depend upon, among other
things:
. our ability to achieve significant and sustained growth in cash flow;
. the rate and success of the commercial deployment of our networks;
. successful operation of our networks;
. the market acceptance, customer demand, rate of utilization and pricing
for our services;
. our ability to successfully complete development, upgrades and
enhancements of our networks; and
. our ability to complete additional financings, as necessary.
Each of these factors is affected by economic, financial, competitive and
other factors, many of which are beyond our control. If we are unable to
generate sufficient cash flow to service our indebtedness, we may have to
reduce or delay network deployments, restructure or refinance our indebtedness
or seek additional equity capital, strategies that may not enable us to
service and repay our indebtedness. Any failure to satisfy our obligations
with respect to the 1998 notes or the 1999 notes at or before maturity would
be a default under the related indenture and could cause a default under
agreements governing our other indebtedness. If such defaults occur, the
holders of the indebtedness would have enforcement rights, including the right
to accelerate payment of the entire amount of the debt and the right to
commence an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding against us.
The scalability and speed of our networks remain largely unproven
To date, we have deployed our networks in a total of 11 of our 22 targeted
metropolitan regions, representing 26 of 51 metropolitan statistical areas,
most of which have been deployed only in the last several months. As a result,
the ability of our DSL networks and operational support systems to connect and
manage a substantial
12
<PAGE>
number of online end-users at high speeds is still unknown. Consequently, there
remains a risk that we may not be able to scale our network and operational
support systems up to our expected end-user numbers while achieving superior
performance. Peak digital data transmission speeds currently offered across our
DSL networks are 1.5 megabits per second downstream. However, the actual data
transmission speeds over our networks could be significantly slower and will
depend on a variety of factors, including:
. the type of DSL technology deployed;
. the distance an end-user is located from a central office;
. the configuration of the telecommunications line being used;
. quality of the copper lines provisioned by traditional telephone
companies; and
. our operational support systems which manage our networks.
As a result, our networks may be unable to achieve and maintain the highest
possible digital transmission speed.
Our failure to achieve or maintain high-speed digital transmissions would
significantly reduce customer and end-user demand for our services.
Interference in the traditional telephone company's copper plant could degrade
the performance of our services
Certain technical laboratory tests and field experience indicate that some
types of DSL technology may cause interference with and be interfered with by
other signals present in a traditional telephone company's copper plant,
usually with lines in close proximity. If present, this interference could
cause degradation of performance of our services or render us unable to offer
our services on selected lines. The amount and extent of such interference will
depend on the condition of the traditional telephone company's copper plant and
the number and distribution of DSL and other signals in such plant and cannot
now be ascertained. When interference occurs, it is difficult to detect. The
procedures to resolve interference issues between competitive
telecommunications companies and traditional telephone companies are still
being developed and may not be effective. In the past we have agreed to
interference resolution procedures with certain traditional telephone
companies. However, we may be unable to successfully negotiate similar
procedures with other traditional telephone companies in future interconnection
agreements or in renewals of existing interconnection agreements. In addition,
the failure of the traditional telephone companies to take timely action to
resolve interference issues will harm the provision of our services. If our
TeleSpeed and TeleSurfer services cause widespread network degradation or are
perceived to cause that type of interference, responsive actions by the
traditional telephone companies or state or federal regulators could harm our
reputation, brand image, service quality, and customer satisfaction
and retention.
A system failure could delay or interrupt service to our customers
Our operations depend upon our ability to support our highly complex network
infrastructure and avoid damage from fires, earthquakes, floods, power losses,
excessive sustained or peak user demand, telecommunications failures, network
software flaws, transmission cable cuts and similar events. The occurrence of a
natural disaster or other unanticipated problem at our network operations
center or any of our regional data centers could cause interruptions in our
services. Additionally, failure of a traditional telephone company or other
service provider, such as competitive telecommunications companies, to provide
communications capacity that we require, as a result of a natural disaster,
operational disruption or any other reason, could cause interruptions in our
services. Any damage or failure that causes interruptions in our operations
could harm our business.
A breach of network security could delay or interrupt service to our customers
Our networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses and
other disruptive problems. Internet service providers and corporate networks
have in the past experienced, and may in the future experience,
13
<PAGE>
interruptions in service as a result of accidental or intentional actions of
Internet users, current and former employees and others. Unauthorized access
could also potentially jeopardize the security of confidential information
stored in the computer systems of our customers and the customers' end-users.
This might result in liability to our customers and also might deter potential
customers. We intend to implement security measures that are standard within
the telecommunications industry and newly developed security measures. We have
not done so yet and may not implement such measures in a timely manner. If and
when implemented, such measures may be circumvented. Eliminating computer
viruses and alleviating other security problems may require interruptions,
delays or cessation of service to our customers and such customers' end-users,
which could harm our business.
We depend on a limited number of third parties for equipment supply and
installation
We rely on outside parties to manufacture our network equipment. This
equipment includes:
. digital subscriber line access multiplexers;
. customer premise equipment modems;
. network routing and switching hardware;
. network management software;
. systems management software; and
. database management software.
As we sign additional service contracts, we will need to significantly
increase the amount of manufacturing and other services supplied by third
parties in order to meet our contractual commitments. For example, we have a
service arrangement with Lucent Technologies Inc. to increase our ability to
install our central office facilities and associated equipment. We have in the
past experienced supply problems with certain of our vendors. These vendors may
not be able to meet our needs in a satisfactory and timely manner in the
future. In addition, we may not be able to obtain additional vendors when and
if needed. We have identified alternative suppliers for technologies that we
consider critical. However, it could take us a significant period of time to
establish relationships with alternative suppliers for critical technologies
and substitute their technologies into our networks.
Our reliance on third-party vendors involves a number of additional risks,
including:
.the absence of guaranteed capacity; and
.reduced control over delivery schedules, quality assurance, production
yields and costs.
The loss of any of our relationships with these suppliers could harm our
business.
Our success depends on our retention of certain key personnel and our ability
to hire additional key personnel
We depend on the performance of our executive officers and key employees. In
particular, our senior management has significant experience in the data
communications, telecommunications and personal computer industries, and the
loss of any of them could negatively affect our ability to execute our business
strategy. In addition, we depend upon the Regional Presidents for each of our
target regions. Regional Presidents have direct responsibility for sales,
service and market development efforts in their respective regions, and the
loss of any of them could disrupt significantly our operations in the region.
Additionally, we do not have "key person" life insurance policies on any of our
employees.
Our future success also depends on our continuing ability to identify, hire,
train and retain other highly qualified technical, sales, marketing and
managerial personnel in connection with our expansion within our
14
<PAGE>
existing regions and the deployment and marketing of our networks into targeted
regions. Competition for such qualified personnel is intense. This is
particularly the case in software development, network engineering and product
management. We also may be unable to attract, assimilate or retain other highly
qualified technical, sales, marketing and managerial personnel. Our business
will be harmed if we cannot attract the necessary technical, sales, marketing
and managerial personnel.
We must comply with Federal and state tax and other surcharges on our services,
the levels of which are uncertain
Telecommunications providers pay a variety of surcharges and fees on their
gross revenues from interstate services and intrastate services. Interstate
surcharges include Federal Universal Service Fees, Common Carrier Regulatory
Fees and TRS Fund fees. In addition, state regulators impose similar surcharges
and fees on intrastate services. The division of our services between
interstate services and intrastate services is a matter of interpretation and
may in the future be contested by the FCC or relevant state commission
authorities. A change in the characterization of their jurisdictions could
cause our payment obligations pursuant to the relevant surcharges to increase.
In addition, pursuant to periodic revisions by state and federal regulators of
the applicable surcharges, we may be subject to increases in the surcharges and
fees currently paid.
Our services are subject to government regulation, and changes in current or
future laws or regulations could adversely affect our business
Our services are subject to federal, state and local government regulation.
The 1996 Telecommunications Act, which became effective in February 1996,
introduced widespread changes in the regulation of the telecommunications
industry, including the digital access services segment in which we operate.
The 1996 Telecommunications Act eliminates many of the pre-existing legal
barriers to competition in the telecommunications services business and sets
basic criteria for relationships between telecommunications providers.
Among other things, the 1996 Telecommunications Act removes barriers to
entry in the local exchange telephone market by preempting state and local laws
that restrict competition by providing competitors interconnection, access to
unbundled network elements and retail services at wholesale rates. The FCC's
primary rules interpreting the 1996 Telecommunications Act, which were issued
on August 8, 1996, have been reviewed by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the
Eighth Circuit, which has overruled certain of the FCC's rules. We have entered
into competitive interconnection agreements using the federal guidelines
established in the FCC's interconnection order, which agreements remain in
effect notwithstanding the Eighth Circuit's decision. While the U.S. Supreme
Court overruled the Eighth Circuit in January of 1999 and upheld the FCC rules,
the FCC must now reconsider the definition of unbundled network elements. The
FCC has commenced its review of which unbundled network elements it should
require traditional telephone companies to provide to companies such as ours.
In addition, the FCC's pricing method for unbundled network elements is under
review at the Eighth Circuit. Any unfavorable decisions by the Eighth Circuit,
the FCC or state telecommunications regulatory commissions could harm our
business.
In August 1998, the FCC proposed new rules that would allow traditional
telephone companies to provide their own DSL services free from traditional
telephone company regulation through a separate affiliate. The provision of DSL
services by an affiliate of an traditional telephone company not subject to
such regulation could harm our business.
Changes to current regulations, the adoption of new regulations by the FCC
or state regulatory authorities, court decisions or legislative initiatives,
such as changes to the 1996 Telecommunications Act, could harm our business.
For further details of the government regulation to which we are subject see
"Business--Government Regulation."
15
<PAGE>
Our intellectual property protection may be inadequate to protect our
proprietary rights, and we may be subject to infringement claims
We regard our products, services and technology as proprietary. We attempt
to protect them with patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws,
restrictions on disclosure and other methods. These methods may not be
sufficient to protect our technology. We also generally enter into
confidentiality or license agreements with our employees and consultants, and
generally control access to and distribution of our documentation and other
proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a
third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our products, services or
technology without authorization, or to develop similar technology
independently.
Currently we have a number of patent applications. We intend to prepare
additional applications and to seek patent protection for our systems and
services. These patents may not be issued to us. If issued, they may not
protect our intellectual property from competition. Competitors could seek to
design around or invalidate these patents.
Effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection may be
unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. The global nature of the
Internet makes it virtually impossible to control the ultimate destination of
our proprietary information. The steps that we have taken may not prevent
misappropriation or infringement of our technology. Litigation may be
necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to
protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the
proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial
costs and diversion of resources and could harm our business.
In addition, we may be sued by others with respect to infringement of their
intellectual property rights. For example, we were recently sued by Bell
Atlantic for an alleged infringement of a patent issued to them in September
1998 entitled "Variable Rate and Variable Mode Transmission System." As we
have only recently received notice of this claim, we are unable to adequately
assess the scope or merits of the claim. Any such lawsuit, including the Bell
Atlantic suit, could significantly harm our business.
We will need additional funds in the future in order to continue to grow our
business
We believe our current capital resources will be sufficient for our funding
and working capital requirements for the deployment and operation of our
networks at least through the end of 1999. Accordingly, we will be required to
raise additional capital through the issuance of debt or equity financings,
depending on market conditions. The actual amount and timing of our future
capital requirements will depend upon a number of factors, including:
. the number of regions targeted and entered and the timing of entry and
services offered;
. network deployment schedules and associated costs;
. the rate at which customers and end-users purchase our services and the
pricing of such services;
. the level of marketing required to acquire and retain customers and to
attain a competitive position in each region we enter;
. the rate at which we invest in engineering and development and
intellectual property with respect to existing and future technology; and
. investment opportunities in complementary businesses or other
opportunities.
We may be unsuccessful in raising sufficient capital at all or on terms
that we consider acceptable. If this happens, our ability to continue to
expand our business or respond to competitive developments would be impaired.
In addition, our indentures contain covenants that restrict our business
activities and our ability to raise additional funds. As a result, we may not
be able to undertake certain activities which management believes are
16
<PAGE>
in our best interest to develop our business. We also may be unable to raise
as much additional funding through the issuance of debt securities as we may
need in the future. This could require us to raise funding through the
issuance of equity securities or amend our indentures, which we may be unable
to do on acceptable terms.
An economic downturn could adversely impact demand for our services
In the last few years the general health of the economy, particularly the
California economy, has been relatively strong and improving. The strong
economy has led to increasing capital spending by individuals and companies to
keep pace with rapid technological advances. To the extent the general
economic health of the United States or of California declines from recent
historically high levels, or to the extent individuals or companies fear such
a decline is imminent, such individuals and companies may reduce, in the near
term, expenditures such as those for our services. Any such decline or concern
about an imminent decline could delay decisions among certain of our customers
to roll out our services or could delay decisions by prospective customers to
make initial evaluations of our services. Such delays could harm our business.
Our principal stockholders and management own a significant percentage of our
capital stock, and will be able to exercise significant influence over our
affairs
Our executive officers and directors and principal stockholders together
will beneficially own over 59.6% of our outstanding common stock after the
completion of this offering (58.7% if the over-allotment option is execised in
full by the underwriters). Accordingly, these stockholders:
.will be able to determine the composition of the our board of directors;
.will retain the voting power to approve all matters requiring stockholder
approval; and
.will continue to have significant influence over our affairs.
This concentration of ownership could have the effect of delaying or
preventing a change in control of us or otherwise discouraging a potential
acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us. This in turn could have a
negative effect on the market price of our common stock. It could also prevent
our stockholders from realizing a premium over the market prices for their
shares of common stock.
Our failure and the failure of third parties to be Year 2000 compliant could
negatively impact our business
Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two-digit entries in the date code field and cannot distinguish
21st century dates from 20th century dates. These date code fields will need
to distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century dates. As a result, many
companies' software and computer systems may need to be upgraded or replaced
in order to comply with such Year 2000 requirements. We have reviewed our
internally developed information technology systems and programs. We believe
that our systems are Year 2000 compliant and that we have no significant Year
2000 issues within our systems or services. We have not reviewed our non-
information technology systems for Year 2000 issues relating to embedded
microprocessors. To the extent that such issues exist, these systems may need
to be replaced or upgraded to become Year 2000 compliant. We believe that our
non-information technology systems will not present any significant Year 2000
issues, although there can be no assurance in this regard. In addition, we
utilize third-party equipment and software and interact with traditional
telephone companies that have equipment and software that may not be Year 2000
compliant. Failure of such third-party or traditional telephone company
equipment or software to operate properly with regard to the year 2000 and
thereafter could require us to incur unanticipated expenses to remedy any
problems. This could harm our business.
The purchasing patterns of our Internet service provider and enterprise
customers may be affected by Year 2000 issues as companies expend significant
resources to correct their current systems for Year 2000 compliance. These
expenditures may result in reduced funds available for our services, which
could harm our business.
17
<PAGE>
We have not made any assessment of the Year 2000 risks associated with our
third-party or ILEC equipment or software or with our Internet service
provider and enterprise customers, have not determined the risks associated
with the reasonably likely worst-case scenario and have not made any
contingency plans to address such risks. However, we intend to devise a Year
2000 contingency plan prior to December 1999.
Our stock price could fluctuate widely in response to various factors, many of
which are beyond our control
The trading price of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to
be highly volatile. Our stock price could fluctuate widely in response to
factors such as the following:
. actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;
. announcements of new products or services by us or our competitors or new
competing technologies;
. the addition or loss of Internet service providers or enterprise
customers or end-users;
. changes in financial estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;
. conditions or trends in the telecommunications industry, including
regulatory developments;
. growth of the Internet and on-line commerce industries;
. announcements by us of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships,
joint ventures or capital commitments;
. additions or departures of key personnel;
. future equity or debt offerings or our announcements of such offerings;
. general market and general economic conditions; and
. other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.
In addition, in recent years the stock market in general, and the Nasdaq
National Market and the market for Internet and technology companies in
particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. These
fluctuations have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating
performance of these companies. These market and industry factors may
materially and adversely affect our stock price, regardless of our operating
performance.
Future sales of our common stock may depress our stock price
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public
market, or the appearance that such shares are available for sale, could
adversely affect the market price for our common stock. Upon completion of
this offering (based upon shares outstanding as of March 31, 1999), we will
have 80,576,818 shares of common stock outstanding (including common stock to
be issued upon conversion of our class B common stock). Of these shares, the
7,500,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely
tradeable in the public market without restriction unless held by our
affiliates, in which case the shares are tradeable subject to certain volume
limitations. In addition, the 13,455,000 split-adjusted shares of common stock
that we sold in our initial public offering are freely tradeable, subject to
the same volume limitations.
18
<PAGE>
The remaining shares of common stock available for sale in the public
market are limited by restrictions under the securities laws and lock-up
agreements. All of such remaining shares are subject to a 180-day lock-up
agreement that was entered into in connection with our initial public
offering. Such shares held by our directors, executive officers and certain
stockholders and warrant holders are subject to additional agreements that
extend the lock-up period until 90 days after the date of this prospectus. As
a result, the remaining shares will be available for sale in the public market
as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Date of Availability For Sale Number of Shares
----------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C>
July 21, 1999 (181st day after the date of
the prospectus for our initial public
offering).................................. shares of common stock
, 1999 (91st day after the date of
this prospectus)........................... shares of common stock
January 7, 2000............................ 9,568,765 shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of our class
B common stock
</TABLE>
We also have 23,280,513 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance
pursuant to options under our 1997 Stock Plan, of which 17,389,182 shares were
subject to outstanding options at March 31, 1999. We intend to register, prior
to July 21, 1999, the shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our
1997 Stock Plan and the 1,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance
under our 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Accordingly, shares underlying
vested options will be eligible for resale in the public market beginning on
July 21, 1999.
In addition, we have 202,500 shares underlying an outstanding warrant. The
shares underlying this warrant will be eligible for resale in the public
market upon expiration of its one-year holding period under Rule 144. However,
to the extent that the warrant holder effects a "cashless" exercise of this
warrant, the underlying shares will be eligible for sale in the public markets
beginning on July 21, 1999.
Furthermore, the holders of approximately 29,859,175 shares of our common
stock have certain registration rights with respect to their shares. Holders
of 6,379,177 shares of outstanding class B common stock (convertible into
9,568,765 shares of common stock beginning in January 2000) also have certain
registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock issuable upon
conversion of the class B common stock. The class B common stock is
convertible into common stock beginning January 2000. If these holders
exercise their registration rights and cause a large number of shares to be
registered and sold in the public market, such sales could have a material
adverse effect on the market price for our common stock.
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time
without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-
up agreements.
Certain provisions of our charter and bylaws and Delaware law could delay or
prevent a change of control of Covad
Our board of directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock and to determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges
and restrictions, including voting rights, of those shares without any further
vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance of preferred stock, while
providing desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and
other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult
for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Our
charter and bylaws provide for:
.a classified board of directors;
. limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and
act by written consent;
. the lack of cumulative voting for directors; and
. procedures for advance notification of stockholder nominations and
proposals.
19
<PAGE>
These provisions, as well as Section 203 under the Delaware General
Corporation Law, could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could
delay or prevent a change of control. The indentures relating to the 1998
notes and the 1999 notes provide that, in the event of certain changes in
control, each holder of the notes will have the right to require us to
repurchase such holder's notes at a premium over the aggregate principal
amount or the accreted value, as the case may be, of such debt. The provisions
in the charter, bylaws and indentures could have the effect of discouraging
others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they
also may inhibit increases in the market price of our shares that could result
from actual or rumored takeover attempts. Such provisions also may have the
effect of preventing changes in our management.
USE OF PROCEEDS
All of the shares offered under this prospectus are being sold by the
selling stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of these
shares.
DIVIDEND POLICY
We have not paid any cash dividends since our inception. We currently
anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the
expansion and operation of our business. Thus, we do not anticipate paying any
cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future. In addition,
the terms of the indentures relating to the 1998 notes and the 1999 notes
restrict our ability to pay dividends on our capital stock.
PRICE RANGE OF OUR COMMON STOCK
Our common stock has been traded on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "COVD" since January 22, 1999, the date of our initial public offering.
Prior to January 22, 1999, there was no public market for our common stock.
The following table sets forth, for the period indicated, the high and low
closing daily sales prices for our common stock as reported by the Nasdaq
National Market after giving effect to the May 19, 1999 3-for-2 stock split.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
High Low
------ ------
<S> <C> <C>
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1999:
First Quarter ............................................... $47.50 $27.00
Second Quarter (from April 1, 1999 through May 18, 1999)..... $72.38 $43.33
</TABLE>
On May 18, 1999, the last reported sale price for our common stock on the
Nasdaq National Market was $61.25 per share after giving effect to the May 19,
1999 3-for-2 stock split. As of March 31, 1999, there were 234 holders of
record of our common stock, and there were 5 holders of record of our class B
common stock.
20
<PAGE>
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our pro forma capitalization as of March 31,
1999 after giving effect to:
. the exercise for cash of warrants issued in connection with the 1998
notes to purchase 7,580,646 shares of our common stock prior to the
consummation of this offering; and
. a 3-for-2 split of our common stock effective May 19, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
As of March 31,
1999
---------------
(dollars in
thousands,
except per
share amounts)
<S> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents..................................... $341,820
Pledged securities(1)......................................... 74,515
--------
Total cash, cash equivalents and pledged securities......... $416,335
========
Long-term obligations:
Capital lease obligations (including current portion)......... $ 514
13 1/2% Senior Discount Notes due 2008, net(2)................ 147,364
12 1/2% Senior Notes Due 2009, net(3)......................... 210,586
--------
Total long-term obligations (including current portion)..... 358,464
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares
authorized, no shares issued and outstanding ................ --
Common Stock, $0.001 par value; 190,000,000 shares authorized,
71,008,053 shares issued and outstanding(4).................. 71
Common Stock--Class B, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares
authorized, 6,379,177 shares issued and outstanding(5) ...... 6
Additional paid-in capital.................................... 270,681
Deferred compensation......................................... (3,735)
Accumulated deficit........................................... (79,637)
--------
Total stockholders' equity.................................. 187,386
--------
Total capitalization....................................... $545,850
========
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) Represents the portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 1999
notes used to purchase government securities to be held in the pledge
account. Amount includes accrued interest on the securities. See
"Description of Notes--Pledged Securities; Interest Reserve."
(2) The 13 1/2% senior discount notes due 2008 will accrete in value through
March 15, 2003 at a rate of 13 1/2% per annum, compounded semi-annually.
No cash interest will be payable on the 1998 notes prior to that date. An
additional unamortized debt discount of $7.7 million at March 31, 1999,
which represents the unamortized value ascribed to the warrants issued in
connection with the 1998 notes, will be amortized to interest expense over
the term of the 1998 notes.
(3) The 1999 notes are presented net of unamortized debt discount of
approximately $4.4 million at March 31, 1999, which represents the
unamortized additional original issue discount to be amortized to interest
expense over the term of the 1999 notes.
(4) Excludes:
. an aggregate of 23,280,513 shares of common stock reserved for issuance
under our 1997 Stock Plan, of which 17,389,182 shares were subject to
outstanding options at March 31, 1999 at a weighted average exercise
price of $2.50 per share,
. an aggregate of 1,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance
under our 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and
. 202,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant issued
to a consultant at an exercise price of $0.6667 per share.
(5) Beginning in January 2000, the 6,379,177 shares of class B common stock
will be convertible into 9,568,765 shares of common stock.
21
<PAGE>
DILUTION
As of March 31, 1999 we had a pro forma net tangible book value of
approximately $147.3 million, or $1.83 per share of our common stock, after
giving effect to:
. the exercise for cash of warrants issued in connection with the 1998
notes to purchase 7,580,646 shares of our common stock prior to the
consummation of this offering;
. a 3-for-2 split of our common stock effective May 19, 1999; and
. 9,568,765 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of 6,379,177
shares of our non-voting class B common stock held by our strategic
investors.
Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our
pro forma total tangible assets reduced by our total liabilities, divided by
the pro forma number of shares of our common stock outstanding. We will not
receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling
stockholders in this offering. As a result, our pro forma net tangible book
value per share will neither increase nor decrease.
The new investors purchasing shares at the assumed public offering price of
$61.25 (based on the last reported sale price of our common stock on May 18,
1999 and after giving effect to the 3-for-2 split of common stock) will have
an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $59.42 per share. Dilution
in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the
amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this
offering and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common
stock as of March 31, 1999. The following table illustrates this per share
dilution:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Assumed public offering price per share....................... $61.25
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31,
1999(1).................................................... $1.83
Increase per share attributable to new investors............ $0.00
-----
As adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after
the offering(1).............................................. $ 1.83
------
Dilution per share to new investors(1)........................ $59.42
======
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) This table excludes:
. an aggregate of 23,280,513 shares of common stock reserved for issuance
under our 1997 Stock Plan, of which 17,389,182 shares were subject to
outstanding options at March 31, 1999 at a weighted average exercise
price of $2.50 per share,
. an aggregate of 1,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance
under our 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and
. 202,500 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant issued
to a consultant at an exercise price of $0.6667 per share.
22
<PAGE>
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years
ended December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998 has been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes, which are
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated financial data as of
and for the three months ended March 31, 1998 and March 31, 1999 were derived
from our unaudited financial statements which, except for the consolidated
balance sheet as of March 31, 1998, are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
These unaudited financial statements include, in the opinion of management,
all adjustments, consisting of normal, recurring adjustments, necessary for a
fair presentation set forth therein. You should read the following selected
consolidated financial data together with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our
consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended Three Months
December 31, Ended March 31,
-------------------- ---------------------
1997 1998 1998 1999
--------- --------- --------- ----------
(unaudited)
(dollars in thousands, except per share
amounts)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consolidated Statement of
Operations Data:
Revenues......................... $ 26 $ 5,326 $ 186 $ 5,596
Operating expenses:
Network and product costs...... 54 4,562 203 4,960
Sales, marketing, general and
administrative................ 2,374 31,043 1,944 18,113
Amortization of deferred
compensation.................. 295 3,997 227 1,653
Depreciation and amortization.. 70 3,406 164 4,647
--------- --------- --------- ----------
Total operating expenses..... 2,793 43,008 2,538 29,373
--------- --------- --------- ----------
Income (loss) from operations.... (2,767) (37,682) (2,352) (23,777)
Net interest income (expense).. 155 (10,439) (429) (5,127)
--------- --------- --------- ----------
Net income (loss)................ $ (2,612) $ (48,121) $ (2,781) $ (28,904)
========= ========= ========= ==========
Net income (loss) per common
share........................... $ (0.53) $ (5.62) $ (0.39) $ (0.56)
Weighted average shares used in
computing net income (loss) per
share........................... 4,907,319 8,562,802 7,118,160 53,621,977
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA(1)........................ $ (2,402) $ (30,154) $ (1,961) $ (17,477)
Consolidated Cash Flow Data:
Provided by (used in) operating
activities...................... $ (1,895) $ (9,054) $ 521 $ (15,254)
Provided by (used in) investing
activities...................... (2,494) (61,252) (3,802) (123,048)
Provided by (used in) financing
activities...................... 8,767 130,378 130,661 415,655
<CAPTION>
As of December 31, As of March 31,
-------------------- ---------------------
1997 1998 1998 1999
--------- --------- --------- ----------
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents........ $ 4,378 $ 64,450 $ 131,758 $ 341,803
Net property and equipment....... 3,014 59,145 6,652 99,196
Total assets..................... 8,074 139,419 147,481 577,238
Long-term obligations, including
current portion................. 783 142,879 128,401 358,464
Total stockholders' equity (net
capital deficiency)............. 6,498 (24,706) 16,193 187,369
<CAPTION>
As of December 31, As of March 31,
-------------------- ---------------------
1997 1998 1998 1999
--------- --------- --------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Other Operating Data:
Homes and businesses passed...... 278,000 6,000,000 800,000 11,200,000
Lines installed.................. 26 3,900 100 8,600
</TABLE>
23
<PAGE>
- --------
(1) EBITDA consists of net loss excluding net interest, taxes, depreciation
and amortization, non-cash stock- based compensation and other non-
operating income or expenses. We have provided EBITDA because it is a
measure of financial performance commonly used in the telecommunications
industry as well as to enhance an understanding of our operating results.
EBITDA should not be construed as either:
. an alternative to operating income (as determined in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principals) as an indicator of our
operating performance, or
. an alternative to cash flows from operating activities (as determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles) as a measure of
liquidity.
EBITDA as calculated by us may be calculated differently than EBITDA for
other companies. See our consolidated financial statements and the related
notes thereto contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
24
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial
statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this
prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements the accuracy
of which involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ
materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements for many
reasons including, but not limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors" and
elsewhere in this prospectus. We disclaim any obligation to update information
contained in any forward-looking statement. See "--Forward Looking
Statements."
Overview
We are a leading high-speed Internet and network access provider offering
DSL services to Internet service provider and enterprise customers. Since
March 1998, we have raised $569.0 million of gross proceeds from debt and
equity financings to fund the deployment and expansion of our networks. To
date, we have introduced our services in the San Francisco Bay Area and the
Los Angeles, New York, Boston, Washington, D.C., Seattle, Philadelphia,
Sacramento, Baltimore, Chicago and San Diego metropolitan areas. We plan to
build our networks and offer our services in 22 metropolitan regions
nationwide representing 51 metropolitan statistical areas.
As of April 30, 1999, our networks passed approximately million homes
and businesses, and we had installed approximately end-user lines.
In connection with our expansion within existing regions and into new
regions, we expect to significantly increase our capital expenditures, as well
as our sales and marketing expenditures, to deploy our networks and support
additional end-users in those regions. Accordingly, we expect to incur
substantial and increasing net losses for at least the next several years.
We derive revenue from:
. monthly recurring service charges for connections from the end-user to
our facilities and for backhaul services from our facilities to the
Internet service provider or enterprise customer,
. service order set-up and other non-recurring charges, and
. the sale of customer premise equipment that we provide to our customers
due to the general unavailability of customer premise equipment through
retail channels.
We expect prices for the major components of both recurring and non-
recurring revenues to decrease each year in part due to the effects of
competitive pricing and future volume discounts. We believe our revenues from
the sale of customer premise equipment will decline over time as customer
premise equipment becomes more generally available. We expect that the prices
we charge to customers for customer premise equipment will decrease each year.
The following factors comprise our network and service costs:
. Monthly non-recurring and recurring circuit fees. We pay traditional
telephone companies and other competitive telecommunications companies
non-recurring and recurring fees for services including installation,
activation, monthly line costs, maintenance and repair of circuits
between and among our digital subscriber line access multiplexers and our
regional data centers, customer backhaul, and end-user lines. As our end-
user base grows, we expect that the largest element of network and
product cost will be the traditional telephone companies' charges for our
leased copper lines; and
. Other costs. Other costs that we incur include those for materials in
installation and the servicing of customers and end-users, and the cost
of customer premise equipment.
25
<PAGE>
The development and expansion of our business will require significant
expenditures. The principal capital expenditures incurred during the buildup
phase of any region involve the procurement, design and construction of our
central office cages, end-user DSL line cards, and expenditures for other
elements of our network design, which includes a regional data center in each
region. Currently, the average capital cost to deploy our facilities in a
central office, excluding end-user line cards, is approximately $85,000 per
central office facility. This cost may vary in the future due to the quantity
and type of equipment we initially deploy in a central office facility as well
as regulatory limitations imposed on the traditional phone companies relative
to pricing of central office space. Following the buildout of our central
office space, the major portion of our capital expenditures is the purchase of
DSL line cards to support incremental end-users. We expect that the average
cost of such line cards will decline over the next several years. Network
expenditures will continue to increase with the number of end-users. However,
once an operating region is fully built out, a substantial majority of the
regional capital expenditures will be tied to incremental customer and end-
user growth. In addition to developing our networks, we will use our capital
for marketing our services, acquiring Internet service provider and enterprise
customers, and funding our customer care and field service operations.
Recent Developments
On April 20, 1999, we launched our TeleSurfer and TeleSurfer Pro services
for the consumer Internet market. The monthly recurring charges for such
services are significantly lower than those for our business grade TeleSpeed
services. As a result, our profit margins on such consumer services are
expected to be lower than our business grade services. However, the market for
consumer services is very large and we could potentially obtain significantly
increased volumes. Moreover, consumer grade services will leverage our
existing network infrastructure. Our overall margins will depend on the mix
and volume of business and consumer customers, of which consumer grade
services could comprise a significant percentage. See "Risk Factors--We may
experience decreasing prices for our services, which may impair our ability to
achieve profitability or positive cash flow."
Results of Operations
Three Months Ended March 31, 1999 Compared to Three Months Ended March 31,
1998
Revenues
We recorded revenues of $186,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998
and $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 1999. This increase is
attributable to growth in the number of customers and end-users resulting from
our increased sales and marketing efforts and the expansion of our network in
the San Francisco Bay Area and the Los Angeles metropolitan area and to a
lesser extent in the New York, Boston, Washington, D.C., Seattle, Philadelphia
and Sacramento metropolitan areas. As of April 30, 1999, we had an installed
base of approximately end-user lines and our networks passed approximately
million homes and businesses. We expect revenues to increase in future
periods as we expand our network within our existing regions, deploy networks
in new regions and increase our sales and marketing efforts in all of our
regions.
Network and Product Costs
We recorded network and product costs of $203,000 for the three months
ended March 31, 1998 and $5.0 million for the three months ended March 31,
1999. This increase is attributable to the expansion of our networks and
increased orders resulting from our sales and marketing efforts. We expect
network and product costs to increase significantly in future periods due to
increased sales activity and expected revenue growth.
Sales, Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses
Sales, marketing, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of
salaries, expenses for the development of our business, the development of
corporate identification, promotional and advertising materials, expenses for
the establishment of our management team, and sales commissions. These
expenses increased from $1.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 1998
to $18.1 million for the three months ended March 31,
26
<PAGE>
1999. This increase is attributable to growth in headcount in all areas of our
company, continued expansion of our sales and marketing efforts, deployment of
our networks and building of our operating infrastructure. Sales, marketing,
general and administrative expenses are expected to increase significantly as
we continue to expand our business.
Deferred Compensation
Through March 31, 1999, we recorded a total of approximately $9.7 million
of deferred compensation, with an unamortized balance of approximately $3.7
million on our March 31, 1999 balance sheet. This deferred compensation is a
result of us granting stock options to our employees with exercise prices per
share subsequently determined to be below the fair values per share for
accounting purposes of our common stock at the dates of grant. We are
amortizing the deferred compensation over the vesting period of the applicable
option. Amortization of deferred compensation was $227,000 during the three
months ended March 31, 1998 and $1.7 million during the three months ended
March 31, 1999.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization includes: (i) depreciation of network costs
and related equipment, (ii) depreciation of information systems, furniture and
fixtures, (iii) amortization of improvements to central offices, regional data
centers and network operations center facilities and corporate facilities,
(iv) amortization of capitalized software costs and (v) amortization of
intangible assets.
During the three months ended March 31, 1999, we recorded intangible assets
of $28.7 million from the issuance of preferred stock to AT&T Ventures,
NEXTLINK and Qwest. Amortization of these assets was $1.9 million during the
three months ended March 31, 1999. Annual amortization of these assets will be
approximately $8.4 million in each of the years in the three year period
ending December 31, 2001, decreasing to approximately $1.2 million per year
for each subsequent year through the year ending December 31, 2004.
Depreciation and amortization was $164,000 for the three months ended March
31, 1998 and $4.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 1999. This
increase was due to the increase in equipment and facilities placed in service
throughout the period as well as amortization of intangible assets. We expect
depreciation and amortization to increase significantly as we increase our
capital expenditures to expand our network.
Net Interest Income and Expense
Net interest income and expense consists primarily of interest income on
our cash balance and interest expense associated with our debt. For the three
months ended March 31, 1998, net interest expense was $429,000, and was
primarily attributable to the interest expense on the 1998 notes and capital
lease obligations, partially offset by interest income earned primarily from
the investment of the proceeds raised from the issuance of the 1998 notes. Net
interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 1999 was $5.1 million
and consisted primarily of interest expense on the 1998 notes and the 1999
notes and capital lease obligations partially offset by interest income earned
primarily from the investment of the proceeds raised from the issuance of the
1998 notes and the 1999 notes as well as our initial public offering and our
issuance of preferred stock to AT&T Ventures, NEXTLINK and Qwest. We expect
interest expense to increase significantly over time, primarily because the
1998 notes accrete to $260 million by March 15, 2003.
Income Taxes
Income taxes consist of federal, state and local taxes, when applicable. We
expect significant consolidated net losses for the foreseeable future which
should generate net operating loss carryforwards. However, our ability to use
net operating losses may be subject to annual limitations. In addition, income
taxes may be payable during this time due to operating income in certain tax
jurisdictions. In the future, if we achieve operating profits and the net
operating losses have been exhausted or have expired, we may experience
significant tax expense. We
27
<PAGE>
recognized no provision for taxes because we operated at a loss throughout the
years ended December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998 and the three months ended
March 31, 1999.
Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997
Revenues
We recorded revenues of $26,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 and
$5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. This increase is
attributable to growth in the number of customers and end-users resulting from
our increased sales and marketing efforts and the expansion of our networks in
the San Francisco Bay Area and to a lesser extent in the Los Angeles, New York
and Boston metropolitan areas.
Network and Product Costs
We recorded network and product costs of $54,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and $4.6 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. This
increase is attributable to the expansion of our networks and increased orders
resulting from our sales and marketing efforts.
Sales, Marketing, General and Administrative Expenses
Sales, marketing, general and administrative expenses increased from $2.4
million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $31.0 million for the year
ended December 31, 1998. This increase is attributable to growth in headcount
in all areas of our company as we expanded our sales and marketing efforts,
expanded the deployment of our networks and built our operating
infrastructure.
Deferred Compensation
Through December 31, 1998, we recorded a total of $9.0 million of deferred
compensation, with an unamortized balance of approximately $4.7 million on our
December 31, 1998 balance sheet. This deferred compensation is a result of us
granting stock options to our employees with exercise prices per share
subsequently determined to be below the fair values per share for accounting
purposes of our common stock at the dates of grant. We are amortizing the
deferred compensation over the vesting period of the applicable option.
Amortization of deferred compensation was $295,000 during the year ended
December 31, 1997 and $4.0 million during the year ended December 31, 1998.
Depreciation and Amortization
Depreciation and amortization was $70,000 for the year ended December 31,
1997 and $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. The increase was
due to the increase in equipment and facilities placed in service throughout
the period.
Net Interest Income and Expense
For the year ended December 31, 1997, net interest income was approximately
$155,000, and was primarily attributable to the interest income earned from
the proceeds raised in our preferred stock financing in July 1997. Interest
income was $4.8 million for the year ending December 31, 1998. This interest
income was earned primarily from the investment of the proceeds raised in the
issuance of our 1998 discount notes in March 1998. Interest expense for the
year ended December 31, 1998 was $15.2 million and consisted primarily of
interest on the 1998 discount notes and capital lease obligations.
Income Taxes
For the years ended December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998 we recognized
no provision for taxes because we operated at a loss throughout both years.
28
<PAGE>
Quarterly Financial Information
The following table sets forth certain consolidated statements of
operations data for our most recent seven quarters. This information has been
derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. In our opinion,
this unaudited information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual
consolidated financial statements and includes all adjustments (consisting
only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the
information for the quarters presented. This information should be read in
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The operating results for any quarter
are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
September 30, December 31, March 31, June 30, September 30, December 31, March 31,
------------- ------------ --------- -------- ------------- ------------ ---------
1997 1997 1998 1998 1998 1998 1999
------------- ------------ --------- -------- ------------- ------------ ---------
(dollars in thousands)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues................ $ -- $ 26 $ 186 $ 809 $ 1,565 $ 2,766 $ 5,596
Operating expenses:
Network and product
costs................. 10 44 203 758 1,355 2,246 4,960
Sales, marketing,
general and
administrative........ 783 1,334 1,944 4,606 10,681 13,812 18,113
Amortization of
deferred
compensation.......... 134 161 227 631 1,837 1,302 1,653
Depreciation and
amortization.......... -- 70 164 446 738 2,058 4,647
----- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Total operating
expenses.............. 927 1,609 2,538 6,441 14,611 19,418 29,373
----- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Income (loss) from
operations............. (927) (1,583) (2,352) (5,632) (13,046) (16,652) (23,777)
Net interest income
(expense).............. 80 75 (429) (3,291) (3,511) (3,208) (5,127)
----- ------- ------- ------- -------- -------- --------
Net income (loss)...... $(847) $(1,508) $(2,781) $(8,923) $(16,557) $(19,860) $(28,904)
===== ======= ======= ======= ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
We have generated increasing revenues in each of the last seven quarters,
reflecting increases in the number of customers and end-users. Our network and
product costs have increased in every quarter, reflecting costs associated
with customer and end-user growth and the deployment of our networks in
existing and new regions. Our selling, marketing, general and administrative
expenses have increased in every quarter and reflect sales and marketing costs
associated with the acquisition of customers and end-users, including sales
commissions, and the development of regional and corporate infrastructure.
Depreciation and amortization has increased in each quarter, primarily
reflecting the purchase of equipment associated with the deployment of our
networks. We have experienced increasing net losses on a quarterly basis as we
increased our capital expenditures and operating expenses, and we expect to
sustain increasing quarterly losses for at least the next several years. See
"Risk Factors--We have a history of losses and expect increasing losses in the
future."
Our annual and quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly in
the future as a result of numerous factors. Factors that may affect our
operating results include:
. the timing and ability of traditional telephone companies to provide us
with central office space;
. the rate at which customers subscribe to our services;
. decreases in the prices for our services due to competition, volume-based
pricing and other factors;
. Internet service provider and enterprise customer retention and end-user
churn rates;
. the success of our relationships with AT&T, NEXTLINK and Qwest and other
potential third parties in generating significant subscriber demand;
29
<PAGE>
. the ability to deploy on a timely basis our services to adequately
satisfy end-user demand;
. delays in the commencement of operations in new regions and the
generation of revenue because certain network elements have lead times
that are controlled by traditional telephone companies and other third
parties;
. the mix of line orders between consumer end-users and business end-users
(which typically have higher margins);
.the amount and timing of capital expenditures and other costs relating to
the expansion of our networks;
. the ability to develop and commercialize new services by us or our
competitors;
. the impact of regulatory developments, including interpretations of the
1996 Telecommunications Act;
. our ability to successfully operate our networks; and
. general economic conditions and economic conditions specific to the
telecommunications industry, which may affect the demand and pricing for
our services.
Many of these factors are outside of our control. In addition, we plan to
increase operating expenses to fund operations, sales, marketing, general and
administrative activities and infrastructure, including increased expenses
associated with our relationships with AT&T, NEXTLINK and Qwest. If these
expenses are not accompanied by an increase in revenues, we could experience a
material adverse effect on our business, prospects, operating results and
financial condition and our ability to service and repay our indebtedness. See
"Risk Factors--Our operating results are likely to fluctuate in future
periods."
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our operations have required significant capital investment for the
procurement, design and construction of our central office cages, the purchase
of telecommunications equipment and the design and development of our
networks. Capital expenditures were approximately $42.8 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1999. We expect that our capital expenditures will be
substantially higher in future periods in connection with the purchase of
infrastructure equipment necessary for the development and expansion of our
networks and the development of new regions.
From our inception through March 31, 1999, we financed our operations
primarily through private placements of $10.6 million of equity securities,
$129.3 million in net proceeds raised from the issuance of the 1998 notes,
$150.2 million in net proceeds raised from our initial public offering, $60.0
million in net proceeds raised from strategic investors and $205.1 million in
net proceeds raised from the issuance of the 1999 notes. As of March 31, 1999,
we had an accumulated deficit of $79.6 million, and cash and cash equivalents
of $341.8 million.
Net cash used in our operating activities was $15.3 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1999. The net cash used for operating activities during
this period was primarily due to net losses and increases in current assets,
offset by non-cash expenses and increases in accounts payable and accrued
liabilities. Net cash used in our investing activities was $123.0 million for
the three months ended March 31, 1999. The net cash used for investing
activities during this period was primarily due to purchases of property and
equipment and the purchase of $74.1 million of restricted investments which
were pledged as collateral for the payment of the first six scheduled interest
payments on the 1999 notes.
Net cash provided by financing activities for the three months ended March
31, 1999 was $415.7 million which primarily related to the following:
. Equity investments of $25 million from AT&T Ventures, $20 million from
NEXTLINK and $15 million from Qwest, representing an aggregate equity
investment of $60 million.
. Net proceeds of $150.2 million from our initial public offering of
13,455,000 split-adjusted shares of our common stock at a split-adjusted
initial public offering price of $12.00 per share.
. Net proceeds of $205.1 million from the issuance of the 1999 notes with
an aggregate principal amount of $215.0 million.
30
<PAGE>
We expect to experience substantial negative cash flow from operating
activities and negative cash flow before financing activities for at least the
next several years due to continued development, commercial deployment and
expansion of our networks. We believe that existing cash balances, cash
equivalents and cash generated from financing activities and operations will
be sufficient to meet our cash needs through at least the end of 1999.
However, our future cash requirements will depend on a number of factors
including:
. the number of regions entered and the timing of entry and services
offered;
. network deployment schedules and associated costs;
. the rate at which customers and end-users purchase our services and the
pricing of such services;
. the level of marketing required to acquire and retain customers and to
attain a competitive position in the marketplace;
. the rate at which we invest in engineering and development and
intellectual property with respect to existing and future technology; and
. investment opportunities in complementary businesses or other
opportunities.
Accordingly, we will be required to raise additional capital, the timing
and amount of which we cannot predict. As a result, we expect to raise
additional capital through debt or equity financings, depending on market
conditions, to finance the continued development, commercial deployment and
expansion of our networks and for funding operating losses or to take
advantage of other opportunities. If we are unable to obtain required
additional capital through the issuance of equity or debt securities or are
required to obtain it on terms less satisfactory than we desire, we may be
required to delay the expansion of our business or take or forego actions, any
or all of which could harm our business.
In addition, we may wish to selectively pursue possible acquisitions of or
investments in businesses, technologies or products complementary to ours in
the future in order to expand our geographic presence and achieve operating
efficiencies. We may not have sufficient liquidity, or we may be unable to
obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all, in
order to finance such an acquisition or investment.
Year 2000 Issues
Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two-digit entries in the date code field and cannot distinguish
21st century dates from 20th century dates. These date code fields will need
to distinguish 21st century dates from 20th century dates and, as a result,
many companies' software and computer systems may need to be upgraded or
replaced in order to comply with such Year 2000 requirements. We have reviewed
our internally developed information technology systems and programs and
believe that our systems are Year 2000 compliant and that there are no
significant Year 2000 issues within our systems or services. We have not
reviewed our non-information technology systems for Year 2000 issues relating
to embedded microprocessors. To the extent that such issues exist, these
systems may need to be replaced or upgraded to become Year 2000 compliant. We
believe that our non-information technology systems will not present any
significant Year 2000 issues, although there can be no assurance in this
regard. In addition, we utilize third-party equipment and software and
interact with traditional telephone companies that have equipment and software
that may not be Year 2000 compliant. Failure of such third-party or
traditional telephone company equipment or software to operate properly with
regard to the year 2000 and thereafter could require us to incur unanticipated
expenses to remedy any problems, which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition.
31
<PAGE>
Furthermore, the purchasing patterns of our Internet service provider and
enterprise customers may be affected by Year 2000 issues as companies expend
significant resources to correct their current systems for Year 2000
compliance. These expenditures may result in reduced funds available for our
services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business,
prospects, operating results, and financial condition.
We have not made any assessment of the Year 2000 risks associated with our
third-party or traditional telephone company equipment or software or with our
Internet service provider and enterprise customers. We have not determined the
risks associated with the reasonably likely worst-case scenario and have not
made any contingency plans to address such risks. However, we intend to devise
a Year 2000 contingency plan prior to December 31, 1999. See "Risk Factors--
Our failure and the failure of third parties to be Year 2000 compliant could
negatively impact our business."
Forward Looking Statements
The statements contained in this prospectus that are not historical facts
are "forward-looking statements" (as such term is defined in Section 27A of
the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act), which can be
identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as "estimates,"
"projects," "anticipates," "expects," "intends," "believes," or the negative
thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by
discussions of strategy that involve risks and uncertainties. Examples of such
forward-looking statements include:
. our plans to expand our existing networks or to commence service in new
regions;
. the market opportunity presented by our target regions;
. estimates regarding the timing of launching our service in new regions;
. expectations regarding the extent to which enterprise customers roll out
our service;
. expectations regarding our relationships with AT&T, NEXTLINK, Qwest and
other potential third parties;
. expectations as to pricing for our services in the future;
. statements regarding development of our business;
. expectations as to the impact of our TeleSurfer service offerings on our
margins;
. the possibility that we may obtain significantly increased sales volumes;
. the estimates of future operating results;
. our anticipated capital expenditures;
. the effect of regulatory reform and regulatory litigation; and
. other statements contained in this prospectus regarding matters that are
not historical facts.
These statements are only estimates or predictions and cannot be relied
upon. We can give you no assurance that future results will be achieved.
Actual events or results may differ materially as a result of risks facing us
or actual results differing from the assumptions underlying such statements.
Such risks and assumptions that could cause actual results to vary materially
from the future results indicated, expressed or implied in such forward-
looking statements include our ability to:
. successfully market our services to current and new customers;
. generate customer demand for our services in the particular regions where
we plan to market services;
. achieve favorable pricing for our services;
. respond to increasing competition;
. manage growth of our operations; and
. access regions and negotiate suitable interconnection agreements with the
traditional telephone companies, all in a timely manner, at reasonable
costs and on satisfactory terms and conditions consistent with
regulatory, legislative and judicial developments.
32
<PAGE>
All written and oral forward-looking statements made in connection with
this prospectus which are attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf
are expressly qualified in their entirety by the "Risk Factors" and other
cautionary statements included in this prospectus. We disclaim any obligation
to update information contained in any forward-looking statement.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Our exposure to financial market risk, including changes in interest rates
and marketable equity security prices, relates primarily to our investment
portfolio and outstanding debt obligations. We typically do not attempt to
reduce or eliminate our market exposure on our investment securities because a
substantial majority of our investments are in fixed-rate, short-term
securities. We do not have any derivative instruments. The fair value of our
investment portfolio or related income would not be significantly impacted by
either a 100 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates due mainly to
the fixed-rate, short-term nature of the substantial majority of our
investment portfolio. In addition, substantially all of our outstanding
indebtedness at March 31, 1999, including our 1998 notes and our 1999 notes,
is fixed-rate debt.
33
<PAGE>
BUSINESS
The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve
risks and uncertainties. Actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors
including, but not limited to, those discussed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere
in this prospectus. We disclaim any obligation to update information contained
in any forward-looking statement. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Forward Looking Statements."
Overview
We are a leading high-speed Internet and network access provider offering
DSL services to Internet service provider and enterprise customers. Internet
service providers purchase our services in order to provide high-speed
Internet access to their business and consumer end-users. Enterprise customers
purchase our services to provide employees with high-speed remote access to
the enterprise's local area networks to improve employee productivity and
reduce operating costs. We refer to such services as remote local area network
(RLAN) services.
We believe our services offer a superior value proposition as compared to
currently available high-speed Internet and network access alternatives. We
provide services over standard copper telephone lines at speeds of up to 1.5
megabits per second, over 25 times the speed available through a 56.6 kilobits
per second modem. As of April 30, 1999 we had installed approximately DSL
lines and received orders for our services from over Internet service
provider and enterprise customers, including Cisco Systems, Concentric
Network, Epoch Networks, Oracle, PeopleSoft, Prodigy, PSINet, Stanford
University, Sun Microsystems, Verio and Whole Earth Networks.
To date, we have introduced our services in the San Francisco Bay Area and
the Los Angeles, New York, Boston, Washington, D.C., Seattle, Philadelphia,
Sacramento, Baltimore, Chicago and San Diego metropolitan areas.
We believe that our business model offers attractive economics. Through our
use of DSL technology, we can effectively leverage the existing telephone
network copper infrastructure to deploy service more quickly and at lower
costs than technologies such as cable modems and wireless data networks that
require large initial infrastructure investments before service can be
provided.
In March 1998, we raised approximately $135 million of gross proceeds
through the issuance of the 1998 notes to fund the initial deployment of our
networks. As a result of the strong market demand for high-speed Internet and
network access, we plan to build our networks and offer our services in 22
metropolitan regions nationwide representing 51 metropolitan statistical
areas. We estimate that when complete, our networks in these 22 regions will
enable us to provide service to over 28 million homes and businesses.
In January 1999, we entered into strategic relationships with AT&T Corp.,
NEXTLINK Communications, Inc. and Qwest Communications Corporation. As part of
these strategic relationships, we received equity investments of $25 million
from AT&T Ventures, $20 million from NEXTLINK and $15 million from Qwest.
Furthermore, these strategic investors each entered into commercial agreements
with us providing for the purchase, marketing and resale of our services, the
purchase by us of fiber optic transport services, and housing of network
equipment in central office space.
On January 27, 1999, we completed the initial public offering of 13,455,000
split-adjusted shares of common stock at a split-adjusted initial public
offering price of $12.00 per share. We received net proceeds from the initial
public offering of $150.2 million after deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses.
On February 18, 1999, we completed the offering of the 1999 notes with an
aggregate principal amount of $215 million. We received net proceeds of $205.1
million from this offering, $74.1 million of which was used to purchase
pledged securities to secure the payment of the first six scheduled interest
payments on the 1999 notes.
34
<PAGE>
Industry Background
Growing Market Demand for High-Speed Digital Communications Bandwidth
High-speed connectivity has become important to small- and medium-sized
businesses and consumers due to the dramatic increase in Internet usage.
According to International Data Corporation, the number of Internet users
worldwide reached approximately 69 million in 1997 and is forecasted to grow
to approximately 320 million by 2002. The popularity of the Internet with
consumers has driven the rapid proliferation of the Internet as a commercial
medium. Businesses are increasingly establishing Web sites and corporate
intranets and extranets to expand their customer reach and improve their
communications efficiency. Consumers are increasingly using the Internet to
carry out commerce transactions. International Data Corporation also estimates
that the value of goods and services sold worldwide via the Internet will
increase from $12 billion in 1997 to over $400 billion in 2002. Accordingly,
to remain competitive, small- and medium-sized businesses increasingly need
high-speed Internet connections to maintain complex Web sites, access critical
business information and communicate more effectively with employees,
customers and business partners. High-speed digital connections are also
becoming increasingly important to businesses and consumers as on-line
consumer transactions and e-commerce become more widespread.
The demand for high-speed digital communications services for RLAN access
is also growing rapidly. Over the past ten years, high-speed local area
networks have become increasingly important to enterprises to enable employees
to share information, send e-mail, search databases and conduct business. We
believe that a large majority of personal computers used in enterprises are
connected to local area networks. Enterprises are now seeking to extend this
same high-speed connectivity to employees accessing the local area networks
from home to improve employee productivity and reduce operating costs.
Industry analysts estimate that the number of remote access lines in the U.S.
will grow from approximately ten million in 1996 to approximately 30 million
in 2000, a compound annual growth rate in excess of 30%.
As use of the Internet, intranets and extranets increases, we expect the
market size for both small- and medium-sized business and consumer Internet
and RLAN access to continue to grow rapidly causing the demand for high-speed
digital communications services to also grow rapidly. However, the full
potential of Internet and local area network applications cannot be realized
without removing the performance bottlenecks of the existing public switched
telephone network. Increases in telecommunications bandwidth have
significantly lagged improvements in microprocessor performance over the last
ten years. Since 1988, microprocessor performance has improved nearly 80-fold,
while the fastest consumer modem connection has improved from 9.6 kilobits per
second to 56.6 kilobits per second, a factor of six. According to industry
analysts, there are nearly 40 million personal computers in U.S. homes today,
and most of them can only connect to the Internet or their corporate local
area network by low-speed analog lines. Higher speed connections are
available, including:
. Integrated Services Digital Networks--An ISDN provides standard
interfaces for digital communication networks and is capable of carrying
data, voice, and video over digital circuits. ISDN protocols are used
worldwide for connections to public ISDN networks or to attach ISDN
devices to compatible PBX systems.
. T1 Line and Fractional T1--These are telephone industry terms for a
digital transmission link with a capacity of 1.544 megabits per second or
portions thereof.
. Frame Relay--A high-speed packet-switched data communications protocol.
While these services have recently experienced dramatic growth in the U.S.,
they are expensive and complex to order, install and maintain.
Emergence of DSL Technology
DSL technology emerged in 1990 and is commercially available today to
address the performance bottlenecks of the public switched telephone network.
DSL equipment, when deployed at each end of standard copper telephone lines,
increases the data carrying capacity of these lines from analog modem speeds
of
35
<PAGE>
56.6 kilobits per second for the fastest consumer modems and ISDN speeds of
128 kilobits per second to DSL speeds of up to 6 megabits per second depending
on the length and condition of the copper line. Also, recent advances in
semiconductor technology and digital signal processing algorithms and falling
equipment prices have made the deployment of DSL technology on a widespread
basis more economical. We anticipate that equipment prices will continue to
fall as a result of continued advances in semiconductor technologies and
increases in equipment production volumes.
Because DSL technology reuses the existing copper plant, it is
significantly less expensive to deploy on a broad scale than alternative
technologies, such as cable modems, wireless data and satellite data. As a
result, a significant portion of the investment in a DSL network is success-
based, requiring a comparatively lower initial fixed investment. Subsequent
variable investments in DSL technology are directly related to the number of
paying customers.
Impact of the Telecommunications Act of 1996
The passage of the 1996 Telecommunications Act created a legal framework
for competitive telecommunications companies to provide local analog and
digital communications services in competition with the traditional telephone
companies. The 1996 Telecommunications Act eliminated a substantial barrier to
entry for competitive telecommunications companies by enabling them to
leverage the existing infrastructure built by the traditional telephone
companies, which required a $200 billion investment by these telephone
companies and their ratepayers, rather than constructing a competing
infrastructure at significant cost. The 1996 Telecommunications Act requires
traditional telephone companies, among other things,
. to allow competitive telecommunications companies to lease copper lines
on a line by line basis;
. to provide central office space for the competitive telecommunications
companies' DSL and other equipment used to connect to the leased copper
lines;
. to lease access on their inter-central office fiber backbone to link the
competitive telecommunications companies' equipment; and
. to allow competitive telecommunications companies to use their
operational support systems to place orders and access their databases.
The 1996 Telecommunications Act in particular emphasized the need for
competition-driven innovations in the deployment of advanced
telecommunications services, such as our DSL services.
Our Competitive Strengths
We were formed to capitalize on the substantial business opportunity
created by the growing demand for Internet and network access, the commercial
availability of low cost DSL technology and the passage of the 1996
Telecommunications Act. Key aspects of our solution to provide high-speed
digital communications services include:
. an attractive value proposition that provides high-speed connections at
similar or lower prices than alternative high-speed technologies
currently available to customers;
. a widely available, continuously connected, secure network that
facilitates deployment of Internet and intranet applications; and
. a management team experienced in the data communications,
telecommunications and personal computer industries.
Attractive Value Proposition. We offer higher bandwidth digital connections
than alternative services at similar or lower prices that do not vary with
usage. For business Internet users, our high-end services offer comparable
bandwidth to T1 and frame relay circuits at approximately 25% of the cost. For
the RLAN market, our mid-range services are three to six times the speed of
ISDN and up to ten times the speed of analog modems at monthly rates similar
to or lower than those for heavily used ISDN lines. We believe that many of
our
36
<PAGE>
enterprise customers can justify deploying lines to their employees if
productivity improves by only a few hours per month based on increases in the
number of hours worked and decreases in commute time and time spent waiting
for information. For consumer Internet users, our consumer services are
comparably priced to current cable modem services. Unlike cable modems, the
speed of our service does not decrease when more users are added.
Widely Available, Always-Connected, Secure Network. Our strategy of
providing blanket coverage in each region we serve is designed to ensure that
our services are available to the vast majority of our customers' end-users.
Our network provides 24-hour, always-on connectivity, unlike ISDN lines and
analog modems which require customers to dial-up each time for Internet or
RLAN access. Also, because we use dedicated connections from each end-user to
the Internet service provider or enterprise network, our customers can reduce
the risk of unauthorized access. These factors are important to our customers
because any Internet service they market to their end-users must actually be
available for them to purchase and be secure enough to not risk their own
reputation or business with any security lapses.
Efficient DSL installation enables superior customer service. We were the
first to roll out DSL services, making DSL service available for purchase in
the San Francisco Bay Area in December 1997. Since then, we have installed a
total of approximately lines as of April 30, 1999. Through this
experience, we believe we have achieved high rates of on-time installation and
customer satisfaction, which are critical elements for the successful roll-out
of a DSL service offering.
Experienced Management Team. Our management team includes individuals with
extensive experience in the data communications, telecommunications and
personal computer industries, including Robert Knowling, Jr., President and
Chief Executive Officer (former Executive Vice President of Operations and
Technology at U S WEST Communications), founders Charles McMinn, Chairman of
the Board, Charles Haas, Executive Vice President of Sales, and Dhruv Khanna,
Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary (all of whom worked at
Intel), Timothy Laehy, Chief Financial Officer and Vice President, Finance
(former Vice President of Corporate Finance and Treasurer of Leasing
Solutions, Inc.), Rex Cardinale, Chief Technology Officer and Vice President
of Engineering (former General Manager of the cc:Mail division of Lotus
Development Corporation), Catherine Hemmer, President of Operations (former
Vice President, Network Reliability and Operations at U S WEST Communications,
Inc., former General Manager, Network Provisioning at Ameritech Corporation
and former Vice President, Network Services at MFS), Robert Roblin, Executive
Vice President of Marketing (former Executive Vice President of Marketing at
Adobe Systems, Inc. and former Vice President and General Manager of
Marketing, Consumer Division at IBM Corporation), Jane Marvin, Senior Vice
President of Human Resources (former Vice President of Human Resources for the
General Business Services unit of Ameritech Corporation), and Robert
Davenport, III, Executive Vice President, Business Development (former Senior
Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of Tele-Communication, Inc.'s
Internet Services subsidiary TCI.NET). We also have in place four Regional
Presidents to cover all 22 of our metropolitan regions.
Business Strategy
Our objective is to become the leading high-speed Internet and network
access provider offering DSL services in each region we enter. We have
introduced our services in the San Francisco Bay Area and the Los Angeles, New
York, Boston, Washington, D.C., Seattle, Philadelphia, Sacramento, Baltimore,
Chicago and San Diego metropolitan areas. We plan to introduce our services to
a total of 22 metropolitan regions. The key elements of our strategy are as
follows:
Secure Competitive Local Exchange Carrier Status and Sign Interconnection
Agreements in the Top U.S. Markets. We obtain competitive local exchange
carrier status in each state that we enter and sign interconnection agreements
with the relevant traditional telephone companies. As of April 30, 1999, we
were authorized under state law to operate as a competitive local exchange
carrier in 23 states and had entered into interconnection agreements with six
different major traditional telephone companies in the majority of the states
covering our 22 targeted metropolitan regions. We intend to obtain
authorization in the other states necessary to
37
<PAGE>
cover these targeted metropolitan regions and we are negotiating
interconnection agreements with traditional telephone companies in the
remaining states. In the aggregate, our 22 targeted metropolitan regions
represent over 40% of the U.S. population. We believe we have gained a
competitive advantage by rapidly securing competitive local exchange carrier
status and signing interconnection agreements in multiple regions.
Enter and Roll Out Service Rapidly in These Markets. We seek to be the
first competitive telecommunications company to enter and roll out service
broadly in our target regions in order to:
. secure central office space prior to our competitors;
. secure and retain customers before significant DSL competition arises;
. maintain advantages over competitors through superior coverage and high
customer satisfaction; and
. build the largest volume and market share in order to allow us to reduce
the costs and prices of our services and, where we are first to market,
maintain our leadership position.
Provide Pervasive Coverage. We are pursuing a blanket coverage strategy of
providing service in a substantial majority of the central offices in each
region that we enter since our Internet service provider customers desire to
market their Internet access services on a region-wide basis. Blanket coverage
is also important to our enterprise customers since the typical enterprise
customer desires to offer RLAN access to all employees regardless of where
they reside in the region. In addition, we believe our presence in 22
metropolitan regions will allow us to better serve our Internet service
provider and enterprise customers which are increasingly seeking a single
supplier in multiple metropolitan areas.
Sell Directly to Internet Service Providers and Enterprises that Can
Provide a Large Number of End-Users. We target Internet service providers that
can offer their end-users cost and performance advantages for Internet access
using our services. Over Internet service providers currently resell our
services. Our direct sales force also specifically targets enterprises that we
estimate to have over 500 existing ISDN or analog modem-based RLAN users. We
believe that we offer these customers higher performance and dedicated
services at similar or lower prices than those of alternative technologies.
Establish Relationships with Internet Service Providers and Other Industry
Participants. We do not provide Internet access directly to any of our
customers. Instead, we provide connections to Internet service providers,
which in turn offer high-speed Internet access using our networks. In this
way, we:
. carry the traffic of multiple Internet service providers in any region,
increasing our volume and reducing our costs;
. leverage our selling efforts through the sales and support staff of these
Internet service providers;
. offer Internet service providers a non-competitive transport alternative,
since the traditional telephone company typically provides its own
Internet access services in competition with Internet service providers;
and
. provide Internet service providers a high-speed service offering to
compete with cable-based Internet access.
We are developing a service offering that we believe will also be
increasingly attractive to the interexchange carriers and other competitive
telecommunications companies. As we roll out our networks in 22 metropolitan
regions nationwide, we can increasingly serve as a single packet-based service
provider to other telecommunications service companies who seek to offer
packet-based services to their customers. Also, we can carry the traffic of
multiple interexchange carriers and competitive telecommunications companies
and potentially provide these services at price points that are more
attractive than any one other company can provide for itself. These companies
are also seeking an alternative to dealing with each traditional telephone
company in every region in which they would like to offer service. Finally,
since our networks serve predominately small business and residential end-
users, these networks are complementary to the large business-focused networks
of
38
<PAGE>
these interexchange carriers and other competitive telecommunications
companies. We believe that these are some of the reasons AT&T, NEXTLINK and
Qwest have entered into relationships with us. We are currently discussing
relationships with other interexchange carriers and other competitive
telecommunications companies and intend to continue these discussions as our
networks are deployed in our 22 targeted metropolitan areas.
Provide a Superior Product and Service Solution. We believe that we can
build a significant competitive position by providing a comprehensive product
and service solution to our customers. We undertake to provide all of the
necessary product and service elements required to establish and maintain
digital services in our target markets including:
. managing the traditional telephone company's delivery and testing of
copper lines used for our service;
. performing any in-building wiring required to initiate service;
. selling and configuring the DSL modem required at each end-user site;
. providing 24 hours, seven days a week (24x7) monitoring of each end-user
line; and
. designing and provisioning an enterprise's overall RLAN network including
equipment selection, programming and troubleshooting.
Our Service Offerings
We offer six business grade services under the TeleSpeed brand to connect
our customers' end-users to our regional data centers. On April 20, 1999, we
introduced two consumer grade service offerings called TeleSurfer and
TeleSurfer Pro. In addition, Internet service provider and enterprise
customers may purchase backhaul services from us to connect their facilities
to our regional data centers.
TeleSpeed Services
Our TeleSpeed services connect individual end-users on conventional copper
lines to our DSL equipment in their serving central office and from there to
our packet-based digital network serving that metropolitan area. A traditional
telephone company's infrastructure consists of numerous central offices which
are connected by a fiber optic backbone to a regional office that routes local
and long distance traffic. Each central office collects the individual copper
lines from end-users' premises in the neighborhood.
The particular TeleSpeed service available to an end-user depends on the
user's distance to the central office. We believe that substantially all of
our potential end-users in our target markets can be served with one of our
services. We estimate that approximately 70% of end-users are within 18,000
feet of a central office and can be served by at least our TeleSpeed 384
service. We also believe at least a majority of potential end-users will be
able to obtain our highest speed service offering. However, the specific
number of potential end-users for the higher speeds will vary by central
office and by region and will be affected by line quality. The chart below
compares the performance and markets for each of our intraregional end-user
services as of April 30, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Speed To Speed From Range*
Intraregional Services End-User End-User (feet) Market/Usage
---------------------- -------- ---------- ------ -----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
TeleSpeed 144............. 144 Kbps 144 Kbps 35,000 ISDN replacement
TeleSpeed 192............. 192 Kbps 192 Kbps 18,000 RLAN, business Internet
TeleSpeed 384............. 384 Kbps 384 Kbps 18,000 RLAN, business Internet
TeleSpeed 768............. 768 Kbps 768 Kbps 13,500 Business Internet
TeleSpeed 1.1............. 1.1 Mbps 1.1 Mbps 12,000 Business Internet
TeleSpeed 1.5............. 1.5 Mbps 384 Kbps 15,000 High-speed Web access
</TABLE>
- --------
* Estimated maximum distance from the end-user to the central office.
39
<PAGE>
Prices for our end-user services may vary depending upon the performance
level of the service. For example, our TeleSpeed 144 and 192 services are our
lowest priced end-user services and our TeleSpeed 1.1 and 1.5 services are our
highest priced end-user services. Our prices also vary across regions and for
high volume customers that are eligible for volume discounts. See "Risk
Factors--We may experience decreasing prices for our services" for a
discussion of the risks associated with our ability to sustain current price
levels in the future.
TeleSpeed 144. Our TeleSpeed 144 service operates at up to 144 kilobits per
second in each direction, which is similar to the performance of an ISDN line.
This service, which can use existing ISDN equipment at the end-user site, is
targeted at the ISDN replacement market where its per month flat rate can
compare favorably to ISDN services from the traditional telephone company when
per-minute usage charges apply. It is also the service that we offer on copper
lines that are either too long to carry our higher speed services or are
served by digital loop carrier systems or similar equipment where a continuous
copper connection is not available from the end-user site to the central
office.
TeleSpeed 192. This service provides one and a half to three times the
performance of ISDN lines at similar or lower price points to heavily-used
ISDN lines.
TeleSpeed 384. This service provides three to six times the performance of
ISDN lines at similar price points to heavily-used ISDN lines.
TeleSpeed 768. This service provides one-half the bandwidth of a T1 data
circuit at substantially less than one-half of the monthly price that we
estimate is typical for T1 service. The target market for the TeleSpeed 768
service is small businesses needing moderate speed access to the Internet but
who have previously been unable to afford the price of such service. The
service also competes favorably from a price/performance standpoint with
traditional fractional T1 and frame relay services for these same customers.
TeleSpeed 1.1. This service provides over two-thirds the bandwidth of a T1
data circuit at substantially less than one-half of the monthly price that we
estimate is typical for T1 service. The target market for the TeleSpeed 1.1
service is small businesses needing T1-level access to the Internet which have
previously been unable to afford the price of such service. The service also
competes favorably from a price/performance standpoint with traditional
fractional T1 and frame relay services for these same customers.
TeleSpeed 1.5. TeleSpeed 1.5 is an asymmetric service, i.e., with different
speeds to and from the end-user. This service is intended for end-users who
consume more bandwidth than they generate, and is especially useful for
accessing Web sites. The service also provides the highest performance of any
TeleSpeed service to stream video or other multimedia content to end-user
locations.
Telespeed Remote. TeleSpeed Remote provides interregional high-speed access
between end-users located in remote regions and their corporate networks. This
service is targeted at businesses that want high-speed remote office
connections at a lower cost than ISDN or frame-relay services. For example,
this service can provide a corporation's employees located in Boston, high-
speed access to their corporate network located in San Francisco.
TeleSurfer Services
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Speed To Speed From Range*
Intraregional Services End-User End-User (feet) Market/Usage
---------------------- -------- ---------- ------ ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
TeleSurfer........................... 384 Kbps 128 Kbps 12,000 Consumer
TeleSurfer Pro....................... 768 Kbps 384 Kbps 12,000 Consumer
</TABLE>
- --------
* Estimated maximum distance from the end-user to the central office.
TeleSurfer. This consumer grade service is an asymmetric service, offering
384 kilobits per second downstream and 128 kilobits per second upstream. This
service is the base consumer service. The target market for this service is
consumers using either dial-up analog or ISDN connections for web browsers.
40
<PAGE>
TeleSurfer Pro. This is a premium consumer grade asymmetric service,
offering 768 kilobits per second downstream and 386 kilobits per second
upstream. The target market for this service is consumers using either dial-up
analog or ISDN connections for web browsers.
Other Services
We provide two backhaul services from our regional network to an Internet
service provider or enterprise customer site. These services include the
aggregation of all individual end-users in a metropolitan area and transmission
of the packet information to the customer on a single high-speed line. The
services, prices and suggested maximum aggregation of end-user traffic are as
follows:
Covad DS1. Our DS1 backhaul service is intended for the small business with
up to 50 RLAN end-users. The service operates at 1.5 megabits per second and
implements a frame relay protocol compatible with most low-end and mid-range
routers.
Covad DS3. Our DS3 backhaul service is targeted to large Internet service
providers and enterprises with up to 1,000 end-users. The service utilizes an
asynchronous transfer mode protocol that efficiently handles the high data
rates involved and operates at up to 45 megabits per second.
Non-Recurring Services. In addition to monthly service charges, we impose
non-recurring order setup charges for Internet service provider and RLAN end-
users for DS1 and DS3 backhaul services. Customers must also purchase a DSL
modem from us or a third party for each end-user of our services.
Our Service Rollout
As part of our strategy to become a leading provider of DSL high-speed
digital communications services in the U.S., we intend to build networks and
offer services in 22 metropolitan regions representing 51 metropolitan
statistical areas. We introduced our services in the San Francisco Bay Area in
December 1997, in the Los Angeles, New York and Boston metropolitan areas in
August 1998, in the Washington, D.C. and Seattle metropolitan areas in December
1998, in the Philadelphia and Sacramento metropolitan areas in March 1999, in
the Baltimore and Chicago metropolitan areas in April 1999 and in the San Diego
metropolitan area in May 1999. Our target markets include the following 22
metropolitan regions divided into four geographical areas each managed by a
Regional President:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
West Central South East
---- ------- ----- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Los Angeles Chicago Atlanta Baltimore
Portland Denver Austin Boston
Sacramento Detroit Dallas New York
San Diego Minneapolis Houston Philadelphia
San Francisco Phoenix Miami Washington, D.C.
Seattle Raleigh
</TABLE>
41
<PAGE>
Customers
We offer our services to Internet service providers and enterprises.
According to Claritas, Inc., a leading provider of diagnostic databases, there
are over 169,000 businesses in the U.S. with over 100 employees, of which we
estimate approximately 71,000 are in our 22 targeted metropolitan regions. As
of April 30, 1999, we had installed approximately DSL lines and received
orders for our services from over Internet service provider and enterprise
customers. The following is a list of selected Internet service provider and
enterprise customers:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Selected Internet Service Provider
Customers Selected Enterprise Customers
---------------------------------- -----------------------------
<C> <S>
Bay Junction Technology Apple Computer
Brainstorm Networks Cisco Systems
Concentric Network Corporation E*Trade Group
Direct Network Access, Ltd.
(DNAI) Fireman's Fund Insurance
DSL Networks Inc. Inktomi
Epoch Networks Intel
Flashcom, Inc. Oracle Corporation
Globix Corporation PeopleSoft
Lan Minds, Inc. Spelling Entertainment
Prodigy Stanford University
Slip.Net, Inc. Sun Microsystems
Verio Inc. Tandem Computers
Whole Earth Networks WebTV
</TABLE>
Our agreements with Internet service providers generally have terms of one
year and are nonexclusive. We do not require the Internet service providers to
generate a minimum number of end-users and generally grant volume discounts
based on order volume.
Our practice with respect to our enterprise customers has been to enter
into an arrangement for a negotiated price to install the service initially to
a small number of end-users. An enterprise customer decides whether to
implement a broad rollout of our services after evaluating the results of this
initial phase of deployment. To date, an enterprise customer's initial phase
of deployment and its decision to roll out our service to additional end users
has taken at least six months, and has generally taken longer than we
originally expected. As of April 30, 1999, a substantial majority of our
enterprise customers had not yet rolled out our services broadly to their
employees. We will not receive significant revenue from an enterprise customer
until and unless these rollouts occur. During the lengthy sales cycle for an
enterprise customer, we incur significant expenses in advance of the receipt
of revenues.
Sales and Marketing
Business and Consumer Internet. For the business and consumer Internet
access markets, we sell our service to Internet service providers that combine
our lines with their Internet access services and resell the combination to
their existing and new end-users. We address these markets through sales and
marketing personnel dedicated to the Internet service provider sales channel.
We supplement our sales efforts to Internet service providers through training
programs and marketing programs that include promotions and sales incentives
designed to encourage the Internet service providers to sell our services
instead of those of our competitors. As of April 30, 1999, we had more than
Internet service provider customers with their own sales personnel marketing
Internet services.
Remote Local Area Network. We market our RLAN services to businesses
through a direct sales force, augmented by marketing programs with value-added
resellers and interexchange carriers. The direct sales force is organized by
region, each managed by a regional sales director who is responsible for lead
generation and sales and marketing efforts to RLAN customers. The sales force
is directed to deal directly with the chief
42
<PAGE>
information officer and the telecommunications manager responsible for remote
access within an enterprise. We augment our sales efforts to RLAN customers
through partnerships with value-added resellers, including systems integrators
that can offer our TeleSpeed service as part of a complete work-at-home
solution to businesses.
Third-Party Relationships. A key element of our strategy is to enter into
relationships with leading telecommunications companies, including competitive
telecommunications companies and interexchange carriers, pursuant to which
those companies resell our TeleSpeed and TeleSurfer services to their
customers. For example, we recently entered into commercial agreements with
each of AT&T, NEXTLINK and Qwest providing for the purchase, marketing and
resale of our services, primarily to their small business and enterprise
customers. We believe that these indirect sales channels will enable us to
penetrate our target markets more rapidly and eventually will generate the
majority of sales of our services.
We are also pursuing several types of joint marketing arrangements with our
Internet service providers and enterprise customers. In addition, certain of
our equipment suppliers have promoted our services through seminars to
corporate communications managers in the San Francisco Bay Area. We also
support our sales efforts with marketing efforts that include advertising
programs through radio and other popular media, attendance at trade shows and
presentations at industry conferences. See "Risk Factors--We depend on Internet
service providers and other third parties for the marketing and sale of our
services."
Service Deployment and Operations
Internet service providers and corporate communications managers typically
have had to assemble their digital communications connections using multiple
service and equipment suppliers. This leads to additional work, cost and
coordination problems. With our TeleSpeed service, we emphasize a one-stop
service solution for our customers. This service solution includes:
. extending our networks to customers and end-users;
. end-user premise wiring and modem configuration;
. ongoing network monitoring, customer reporting; and
. customer service and technical support.
Extending our Networks to Customers and End-Users. We work with our
Internet service provider and enterprise customers to extend our networks to
each customer premise and each end-user premise by ordering circuits from the
traditional telephone company or a competitive telecommunications company,
interconnecting the customers and end-users to our networks, testing the
circuits, configuring customer routers or switches and end-user routers and
monitoring the circuits from the network operations center.
End-User Premises Wiring. We use our own and subcontracted field service
crews and trucks to perform any required inside wiring at each end-user site.
Network Monitoring. We monitor our networks from the network operations
center on a continuous basis, which often enables the correction of potential
network problems before a customer or end-user is affected. We have also
developed network capability to provide Internet service provider and
enterprise customers direct monitoring access of their end-users for more
efficient monitoring of their own network performance.
Customer Reporting. We communicate regularly with our customers about the
status of their end-users. We also operate a toll-free customer care help line.
Additionally, we provide Web-based tools to allow individual Internet service
providers and enterprise communications managers to monitor their end-users
directly, to place orders for new end-users, to enter trouble tickets on end-
user lines and to communicate with us on an ongoing basis.
Customer Service and Technical Support. We provide 24x7 on-line support to
our Internet service provider customers and enterprise communications managers.
The Internet service provider and communications
43
<PAGE>
manager serve as the initial contact for service and technical support, and we
provide the second level of support. By avoiding the higher cost of providing
direct end-user support, we believe we can grow our customer base more rapidly
with lower customer support costs.
Network Architecture and Technology
The key design principles of our networks are to provide: (i) robust network
security required for enterprise intranet applications, (ii) consistent and
scalable performance and (iii) intelligent end-to-end network management.
Robust Network Security. Modem access to enterprise networks presents
significant security risks, since any telephone can be used to attempt to
access such a network simply by dialing the telephone number. As a result,
enterprises expend significant effort and resources to prevent unauthorized
access. Enterprises also typically limit remote access users to reading e-mail
or other non-sensitive applications. Our networks are designed to provide
enhanced security to ensure secure availability of all internal applications
and information for remote locations. Our permanent virtual circuit network
architecture connects individual end-users at fixed locations to a single
enterprise, which reduces the possibility of unauthorized access and allows our
customers to safely transmit sensitive information and applications over our
TeleSpeed lines.
Consistent and Scalable Performance. We believe that eventually public
packet networks will evolve to replace over 40 million modems currently
connected to circuit switched networks that have been deployed in the U.S. As
such, we designed our networks for scalability and consistent performance to
all users as the networks grow. We have designed a "star topology" network
similar to the most popular local area network networking architecture
currently used in high performance enterprise networks. In this model, new
capacity is added automatically as each new user receives a new line. We also
use asynchronous transfer mode equipment in our networks that implement packet
switching directly in silicon circuits rather than slower router-based designs
that implement switching in router software.
Intelligent End-to-End Network Management. Because the customers' and end-
users' lines are continuously connected they can also always be monitored. We
have visibility from the Internet service provider or enterprise site across
the network and into the end-user's home or business. Because our networks are
centrally managed, we can identify and dynamically enhance network quality,
service and performance and address network problems promptly.
The primary components of our networks are the network operations center,
regional data centers, our high-speed private metropolitan networks, central
office spaces, including digital subscriber line access multiplexers (DSLAMs),
copper telephone lines and DSL modems.
Network Operations Center. Our entire network is managed from the network
operations center. We provide end-to-end network management using advanced
network management tools on a 24x7 basis, which enhances our ability to address
performance or connectivity issues before they affect the end-user experience.
From the network operations center, we can monitor the equipment and circuits
in each metropolitan network (including the asynchronous transfer mode
equipment), each central office (including DSLAMs) and individual end-user
lines (including the DSL modems). Currently, the network operations center is
located within our San Francisco Bay Area regional data center. See "Risk
Factors--A system failure could delay or interrupt service to our customers."
Regional Data Centers. The regional data centers act as service hubs for
each metropolitan area that we enter. Data and network management traffic from
each central office is collected at the regional data center and switched to
our network operations center. We design the regional data centers for high
availability including battery backup power, redundant equipment and active
network monitoring.
Private Metropolitan Network. We operate our own private metropolitan
network in each region that we enter. The network consists of high-speed
asynchronous transfer mode communications circuits that we lease to
44
<PAGE>
connect our regional data centers, our equipment in individual central offices
and our enterprise and Internet service provider customers. This network
operates at a speed of 45 to 155 megabits per second.
Central Office Spaces. Through our interconnection agreements with the
traditional telephone companies, we seek to secure space in every central
office where we intend to offer service. These central office spaces are
designed to offer the same high reliability and availability standards as the
traditional telephone company's other central office space. We require access
to these spaces for our equipment and for persons employed by, or under
contract with, us. We place DSLAMs in our central office spaces to provide the
high-speed DSL signals on each copper line to our end-users. We expect to
deploy 40 to 250 central office spaces in any metropolitan area that we enter.
As of April 30, 1999, we had over central office spaces operational. In
addition, we have a significant number of additional spaces under construction
as well as other spaces on order from various traditional telephone companies.
In December 1998, we entered into a professional service arrangement with
Lucent Technologies to augment and accelerate our ability to deploy our central
office facilities.
Copper Telephone Lines. We lease the copper telephone lines running to end-
users from the traditional telephone companies under terms specified in our
interconnection agreements. We lease lines that, in numerous cases, must be
specially conditioned by the traditional telephone companies to carry digital
signals, usually at an additional charge relative to that for voice grade
copper lines. The price we are obligated to pay for these lines currently
varies from $4 to $43 per month per line with additional one-time charges in
some cases for installation, modification or removal of lines.
DSL Modems and On-Site Connection. We buy our DSL modems from our suppliers
for resale to our Internet service provider or enterprise customers for use by
their end-users. We configure and install these modems along with any required
on-site wiring needed to connect the modem to the copper line leased from the
traditional telephone company. For the most part, the DSL modem and DSLAM
equipment used must come from the same vendor for all services, since there are
not yet interoperability standards for the equipment used in our higher-speed
services.
We are also pursuing a program of ongoing network development. Our service
development and engineering efforts focus on the design and development of new
technologies and services to increase the speed, efficiency, reliability and
security of our networks and to facilitate the development of network
applications by third parties that will increase the use of our networks. See
"Risk Factors--The scalability and speed of our networks remain largely
unproven."
Competition
The markets for business and consumer Internet access and RLAN access
services are intensely competitive. We expect that these markets will become
increasingly competitive in the future. The principal bases of competition in
our markets include:
. price/performance;
. breadth of service availability;
. reliability of service;
. network security;
. ease of access and use;
. content bundling;
. customer support;
. brand recognition;
. operating experience;
45
<PAGE>
. relationships with Internet service providers and other third parties;
and
. capital resources.
We face competition from traditional telephone companies, cable modem
service providers, competitive telecommunications companies, traditional and
new national long distance carriers, Internet service providers, on-line
service providers and wireless and satellite service providers.
Traditional Telephone Companies. All of the largest traditional telephone
companies in our target markets have begun offering DSL services or have
announced their intention to provide DSL services in the near term. As a
result, the traditional telephone companies represent strong competition in all
of our target service areas, and we expect this competition to intensify. For
example, the traditional telephone companies have an established brand name and
reputation for high quality in their service areas, possess sufficient capital
to deploy DSL equipment rapidly, own the copper lines themselves and can bundle
digital data services with their existing voice services to achieve economies
of scale in serving their customers. Certain of the traditional telephone
companies have aggressively priced their consumer DSL services as low as $30-
$40 per month, placing pricing pressure on our TeleSurfer services. The
traditional telephone companies are also in a position to offer service from
central offices where we are unable to secure space and offer service because
of asserted or actual space restrictions.
Cable Modem Service Providers. Cable modem service providers such as @Home
Network and MediaOne (and their respective cable partners) are deploying high-
speed Internet access services over hybrid fiber coaxial cable networks. Hybrid
fiber coaxial cable is a combination of fiber optic coaxial cable, which has
become the primary architecture utilized by cable operators in recent and
ongoing upgrades of their systems. Where deployed, these networks provide
similar and in some cases higher-speed Internet access than we provide. They
also offer these services at lower price points than our TeleSurfer services.
We believe the cable modem service providers face a number of challenges that
providers of DSL services do not face. For example, different regions within a
metropolitan area may be served by different cable modem service providers,
making it more difficult to offer the blanket coverage required by potential
business and RLAN access customers. Also, much of the current cable
infrastructure in the U.S. must be upgraded to support cable modems, a process
which we believe is significantly more expensive and time-consuming than the
deployment of DSL-based networks.
Competitive Telecommunications Companies. Many competitive
telecommunications companies such as Rhythms NetConnections and NorthPoint
Communications offer high-speed digital services using a business strategy
similar to ours. Some of these competitors have begun offering DSL-based access
services and others are likely to do so in the future. Companies such as
Teleport Communications Group, Inc. (acquired by AT&T), Brooks Fiber
Properties, Inc. (acquired by MCI WorldCom) and MFS (acquired by MCI WorldCom)
have extensive fiber networks in many metropolitan areas, primarily providing
high-speed digital and voice circuits to large corporations. They also have
interconnection agreements with the traditional telephone companies pursuant to
which they have acquired central office space in many markets targeted by us.
Further, certain of our customers have made investments in our competitors.
National Long Distance Carriers. Interexchange carriers, such as AT&T,
Sprint, MCI WorldCom and Qwest, have deployed large-scale Internet access
networks and ATM networks, sell connectivity to businesses and residential
customers, and have high brand recognition. They also have interconnection
agreements with many of the traditional telephone companies and a number of
spaces in central offices from which they are currently offering or could begin
to offer competitive DSL services.
Internet Service Providers. Internet service providers such as BBN (acquired
by GTE), UUNET Technologies (acquired by MCI WorldCom), Earthlink Networks,
Concentric Network, Mindspring Enterprises, Netcom On-Line Communication
Services and PSINet provide Internet access to residential and business
customers, generally using the existing public switched telephone network at
integrated services digital network speeds or below. Some Internet service
providers such as UUNET Technologies in California and New York, HarvardNet
Inc. and InterAccess have begun offering DSL-based services. To the extent we
are not able to recruit
46
<PAGE>
Internet service providers as customers for our service, Internet service
providers could become competitive DSL service providers.
On-line Service Providers. On-line service providers include companies such
as AOL, Excite, Inc. (recently acquired by @Home), Compuserve (acquired by
AOL), MSN (a subsidiary of Microsoft Corp.) and WebTV (acquired by Microsoft
Corp.) that provide, over the Internet and on proprietary online services,
content and applications ranging from news and sports to consumer video
conferencing. These services are designed for broad consumer access over
telecommunications-based transmission media, which enable the provision of
digital services to the significant number of consumers who have personal
computers with modems. In addition, they provide Internet connectivity, ease-
of-use and consistency of environment. Many of these on-line service providers
have developed their own access networks for modem connections. If these on-
line service providers were to extend their access networks to DSL or other
high-speed service technologies (such as through the recent merger of Excite
and @Home), they would become competitors of ours.
Wireless and Satellite Data Service Providers. Wireless and satellite data
service providers are developing wireless and satellite-based Internet
connectivity. We may face competition from terrestrial wireless services,
including two Gigahertz (Ghz) and 28 Ghz wireless cable systems (Multi-channel
Microwave Distribution System (MMDS) and Local Multi-channel Distribution
System (LMDS)), and 18 Ghz and 39 Ghz point-to-point microwave systems. For
example, the FCC is currently considering new rules to permit MMDS licensees to
use their systems to offer two-way services, including high-speed data, rather
than solely to provide one-way video services. The FCC also recently auctioned
spectrum for LMDS services in all markets. This spectrum is expected to be used
for wireless cable and telephony services, including high-speed digital
services. In addition, companies such as Teligent Inc., Advanced Radio Telecom
Corp. and WinStar Communications, Inc., hold point-to-point microwave licenses
to provide fixed wireless services such as voice, data and videoconferencing.
We also may face competition from satellite-based systems. Motorola
Satellite Systems, Inc., Hughes Communications (a subsidiary of General Motors
Corporation), Teledesic and others have filed applications with the FCC for
global satellite networks which can be used to provide broadband voice and data
services, and the FCC has authorized several of these applicants to operate
their proposed networks.
Interconnection Agreements with Traditional Telephone Companies
A critical aspect of our business is our interconnection agreements with the
traditional telephone companies. These agreements cover a number of aspects
including:
. the price we pay to lease access to the traditional telephone company's
copper lines;
. the special conditioning the traditional telephone company provides on
certain of these lines to enable the transmission of DSL signals;
. the price and terms of central office space for our equipment in the
traditional telephone company's central offices;
. the price we pay and access we have to the traditional telephone
company's transport facilities;
. the operational support systems and interfaces that we can use to place
orders, report network problems and monitor the traditional telephone
company's response to our requests;
. the dispute resolution process that we use to resolve disagreements on
the terms of the interconnection contract; and
. the term of the interconnection agreement, its transferability to
successors, its liability limits and other general aspects of the
traditional telephone company relationship.
As of April 30, 1999, we have entered into interconnection agreements with
six different major traditional telephone companies in the majority of the
states covering our 22 metropolitan regions representing 51 metropolitan
statistical areas. Traditional telephone companies do not in many cases agree
to our requested
47
<PAGE>
provisions in interconnection agreements and we have not consistently prevailed
in obtaining all of our desired provisions in such agreements either
voluntarily or through the interconnection arbitration process. We cannot be
sure that we will be able to continue to sign interconnection agreements with
existing or other traditional telephone companies. We are currently negotiating
agreements with several traditional telephone companies in order to expand our
services into 51 metropolitan statistical areas. The traditional telephone
companies are also permitting competitive telecommunications companies to adopt
previously signed interconnection agreements. In certain instances, we have
adopted the interconnection agreement of another competitive telecommunications
company. Other competitive telecommunications companies have also adopted the
same or modified versions of our interconnection agreements, and may continue
to do so in the future.
Our interconnection agreements have a maximum term of three years.
Therefore, we will have to renegotiate our existing agreements when they
expire. Although we expect to renew our interconnection agreements and believe
the 1996 Telecommunications Act limits the ability of traditional telephone
companies not to renew such agreements, we may not succeed in extending or
renegotiating our interconnection agreements on favorable terms. Additionally,
disputes have arisen and will likely arise in the future as a result of
differences in interpretations of the interconnection agreements. For example,
we are in arbitration proceedings with two traditional telephone companies
under the dispute resolution clauses of our interconnection agreements. These
disputes have delayed our deployment of our networks. They have also adversely
affected our service to our customers and our ability to enter into additional
interconnection agreements with the traditional telephone companies in other
states. Finally, the interconnection agreements are subject to state
commission, FCC and judicial oversight. These government authorities may modify
the terms of the interconnection agreements in a way that hurts our business.
Government Regulation
Overview. Our services are subject to a variety of federal regulations. With
respect to certain activities and for certain purposes, we have submitted our
operations to the jurisdiction of state and local authorities who may also
assert more extensive jurisdiction over our facilities and services. The FCC
has jurisdiction over all of our services and facilities to the extent that we
provide interstate and international services. To the extent we provide
identifiable intrastate services, our services and facilities are subject to
state regulations. In addition, local municipal government authorities also
assert jurisdiction over our facilities and operations. The jurisdictional
reach of the various federal, state and local authorities is subject to ongoing
controversy and judicial review, and we cannot predict the outcome of such
review.
Federal Regulation. We must comply with the requirements of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended by the 1996 Telecommunications Act, as
well as the FCC's regulations under the statute. The 1996 Telecommunications
Act eliminates many of the pre-existing legal barriers to competition in the
telecommunications and video programming communications businesses, preempts
many of the state barriers to local telecommunications service competition that
previously existed in state and local laws and regulations, and sets basic
standards for relationships between telecommunications providers. The law
delegates to the FCC and the states broad regulatory and administrative
authority to implement the 1996 Telecommunications Act.
Among other things, the 1996 Telecommunications Act removes barriers to
entry in the local telecommunications market. It does this by preempting state
and local laws that are barriers to competition and by requiring traditional
telephone companies to provide nondiscriminatory access and interconnection to
potential competitors, such as cable operators, wireless telecommunications
providers, interexchange carriers and competitive telecommunications companies
such as us.
Regulations promulgated by the FCC under the 1996 Telecommunications Act
specify in greater detail the requirements of the 1996 Telecommunications Act
imposed on the traditional telephone companies to open their networks to
competition by providing competitors interconnection, central office space,
access to unbundled network elements, retail services at wholesale rates and
nondiscriminatory access to telephone poles, ducts, conduits, and rights-of-
way. The requirements enable companies such as us to interconnect with the
traditional
48
<PAGE>
telephone companies in order to provide local telephone exchange services and
to use portions of the traditional telephone companies' existing networks to
offer new and innovative services such as our TeleSpeed and TeleSurfer
services. In January 1999, the U.S. Supreme Court ruled on challenges to the
FCC regulations. Although the U.S. Supreme Court upheld most of the FCC's
authority and its regulations, the FCC must now reexamine and redefine which
unbundled networks elements the traditional telephone companies must offer. The
FCC could issue new regulations that impair our ability to compete.
The 1996 Telecommunications Act also allows the regional bell operating
companies (RBOCs), which are the traditional telephone companies created by
AT&T's divestiture of its local exchange business, to enter the long distance
market within their own local service regions upon meeting certain
requirements. The remaining RBOCs include BellSouth, Bell Atlantic Corporation,
Ameritech Corporation, U S WEST Communications, Inc. and SBC Communications,
Inc. The timing of the various RBOCs' entry into their respective in-region
long distance service businesses is also extremely uncertain. The timing of the
various RBOCs' in-region long distance entry will likely affect the level of
cooperation we receive from each of the RBOCs.
In addition, the 1996 Telecommunications Act provides relief from the
earnings restrictions and price controls that have governed the local telephone
business for many years. Traditional telephone company tariff filings at the
FCC have been subjected to increasingly less regulatory review. However,
precisely when and to what extent the traditional telephone companies will
secure pricing flexibility or other regulatory freedom for their services is
uncertain. For example, under the 1996 Telecommunications Act, the FCC is
considering eliminating certain regulations that apply to the traditional
telephone company's provision of services that are competitive with ours. The
timing and the extent of regulatory freedom and pricing flexibility and
regulatory freedom granted to the traditional telephone companies will affect
the competition we face from the traditional telephone companies' competitive
services.
Further, the 1996 Telecommunications Act provides the FCC with the authority
to forbear from regulating entities such as us who are classified as "non-
dominant" carriers. The FCC has exercised its forbearance authority. As a
result, we are not obligated to obtain prior certificate approval from the FCC
for our interstate services or file tariffs for such services. We have
determined not to file tariffs for our interstate services. We provide our
interstate services to our customers on the basis of contracts rather than
tariffs. We believe that it is unlikely that the FCC will require us to file
tariffs for our interstate services in the future.
On March 18, 1999, the FCC announced that it was adopting rules to make it
easier and less expensive for competitive telecommunications companies to
obtain central office space and to require traditional telephone companies to
make new alternative arrangements for obtaining central office space. New
entrants will be able to locate all equipment necessary for interconnection,
whether or not such equipment has a switching function. The FCC's rules may not
be successfully implemented. In the same announcement, the FCC provided notice
of proposed rule-making to determine whether carriers should be able to provide
asymmetric DSL over the same line over which traditional telephone companies
provide voice service. The notice will seek comments on the operational,
pricing, legal and policy ramifications of mandating such line sharing at the
federal level. If adopted, these rules could materially lower the price we pay
to lease access to the traditional telephone company's copper lines. While we
believe that these rules would be advantageous to us, the FCC may decide not to
implement such rules.
Any changes in applicable federal law and regulations, in particular,
changes in its interconnection agreements with traditional telephone companies,
the prospective entry of the RBOCs into the in-region long distance business
and grant of regulatory freedom and pricing flexibility to the traditional
telephone companies, could harm our business.
State Regulation. To the extent we provide identifiable intrastate services
or have otherwise submitted ourselves to the jurisdiction of the relevant state
telecommunications regulatory commissions, we are subject to such jurisdiction.
In addition, certain states have required prior state certification as a
prerequisite for processing and deciding an arbitration petition for
interconnection under the 1996 Telecommunications Act. As of April 30,
49
<PAGE>
1999, we were authorized under state law to operate as a competitive local
exchange carrier in 23 states, and intend to obtain authorization in the other
states necessary to cover our 22 targeted metropolitan regions. We have pending
arbitration proceedings in different states for interconnection arrangements
with the relevant traditional telephone companies. We have concluded
arbitration proceedings in a number of states by entering into interconnection
agreements with the relevant traditional telephone companies. We have filed
tariffs in certain states for intrastate services as required by state law or
regulation. We are also subject to periodic financial and other reporting
requirements of these states with respect to our intrastate services.
The different state commissions have various proceedings to determine the
rates, charges and terms and conditions for unbundled network elements
(unbundled network elements are the various portions of a traditional telephone
company's network that a competitive telecommunications company can lease for
purposes of building a facilities-based competitive network, including copper
lines, central office collocation space, inter-office transport, operational
support systems, local switching and rights of way), as well as the discount
for wholesale services that we purchase from the relevant traditional telephone
company. The rates set forth in our interconnection agreements are interim
rates and will be prospectively, and, in some cases, retroactively, affected by
the permanent rates set by the various state commissions for such unbundled
network elements as unbundled loops and interoffice transport. We have
participated in unbundled network element rate proceedings in the states of
California and Washington in an effort to reduce these rates. If any state
commission decides to increase unbundled network element rates our operating
results could suffer.
The applicability of the various state regulations on our business and
compliance requirements will be further affected to the extent to which our
services are determined to be intrastate services. Jurisdictional
determinations of our services as intrastate services could harm our business.
Local Government Regulation. We may be required to obtain various permits
and authorizations from municipalities in which we operate our own facilities.
The issue of whether actions of local governments over the activities of
telecommunications carriers, including requiring payment of franchise fees or
other surcharges, pose barriers to entry for competitive telecommunications
companies which may be preempted by the FCC is the subject of litigation.
Although we rely primarily on the unbundled network elements of the traditional
telephone companies, in certain instances we deploy our own facilities,
including fiber optic cables, and therefore may need to obtain certain
municipal permits or other authorizations. The actions of municipal governments
in imposing conditions on the grant of permits or other authorizations or their
failure to act in granting such permits or other authorizations could harm our
business.
The foregoing does not purport to describe all present and proposed federal,
state and local regulations and legislation affecting the telecommunications
industry. Other existing federal regulations are currently the subject of
judicial proceedings, legislative hearings and administrative proposals, which
could change, in varying degrees, the manner in which communications companies
operate in the U.S. The ultimate outcome of these proceedings, and the ultimate
impact of the 1996 Telecommunications Act or any final regulations adopted
pursuant to the 1996 Telecommunications Act or our business cannot be
determined at this time but may well be adverse to our interests. We cannot
predict the impact, if any, that future regulation or regulatory changes may
have on our business and we can give you no assurance that such future
regulation or regulatory changes will not harm our business. See "Risk
Factors--We depend on traditional telephone companies to provide central office
space and unbundled network elements, both of which are critical to our
success" and "--Our services are subject to government regulation, and changes
in current or future laws or regulations could adversely affect our business."
Intellectual Property
We regard our products, services and technology as proprietary and attempt
to protect them with patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws,
restrictions on disclosure and other methods. These methods may not be
sufficient to protect our technology. We also generally enter into
confidentiality or license agreements with our employees and consultants, and
generally control access to and distribution of our documentation and other
proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a
third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use our products, services or
technology without authorization, or to develop similar technology
independently.
50
<PAGE>
Currently we have a number of patent applications and intend to prepare
additional applications and to seek patent protection for our systems and
services to the extent possible. These patents may not be issued to us, and if
issued, they may not protect our intellectual property from competition which
could seek to design around or invalidate these patents.
Further, effective patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection
may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. The global nature
of the Internet makes it virtually impossible to control the ultimate
destination of our proprietary information. Steps taken by us may not prevent
misappropriation or infringement of our technology. In addition, litigation
may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights to
protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the
proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in substantial
costs and diversion of resources.
Employees
As of March 31, 1999, we had 401 employees (excluding temporary personnel
and consultants), employed in engineering, sales, marketing, customer support,
and general and administrative functions. None of our employees are
represented by a labor union, and we considers our relations with our
employees to be good. Our ability to achieve our financial and operational
objectives depends in large part upon the continued service of our senior
management and key technical, sales, marketing and managerial personnel, and
our continuing ability to attract and retain highly qualified technical,
sales, marketing and managerial personnel. Competition for such qualified
personnel is intense, particularly in software development, network
engineering and product management.
Properties
We are headquartered in Santa Clara, California in facilities consisting of
approximately 62,000 square feet pursuant to a lease that will expire on or
before July 14, 2002. We also lease office space in each of the regions in
which we have begun operations. We are in the process of acquiring office
space for regional headquarters for each of our additional target regions. In
addition, our San Francisco Bay Area regional data center consists of
approximately 2,000 square feet and is located in San Jose, California, which
we occupy under a ten-year lease with two five-year renewal options.
Currently, and until a permanent location is secured, we utilize a portion of
the San Francisco Bay Area regional data center space to operate our network
operations center. We also lease central office space from the traditional
telephone company in each region that we operate or plan to operate under the
terms of our interconnection agreements and obligations imposed by state
public utilities commissions and the FCC. While the terms of these leases are
perpetual, the productive use of our central office space is subject to the
terms of our interconnection agreements which expire on or before March 2001.
We will increase our central office space as we expand our network in the San
Francisco Bay Area and other regions.
Legal Proceedings
We are engaged in a variety of negotiations, arbitrations and regulatory
and court proceedings with multiple traditional telephone companies. These
negotiations, arbitrations and proceedings concern the traditional telephone
companies' denial of physical central office space to us in certain central
offices, the cost and delivery of central office spaces, the delivery of
transmission facilities and telephone lines, billing issues and other
operational issues. For example, we are currently involved in commercial
arbitration proceedings with Pacific Bell over these issues. We have also
filed a lawsuit against Pacific Bell and its affiliates, including
Southwestern Bell Telephone Company, in federal court. We are pursuing a
variety of contract, tort, antitrust and other claims, such as violations of
the Telecommunications Act, in these proceedings. In November 1998, we
prevailed in our commercial arbitration proceeding against Pacific Bell. The
arbitration panel found that Pacific Bell breached its interconnection
agreement with us and failed to act in good faith on multiple counts. The
arbitration panel ruled in favor of awarding us direct damages, as well as
attorneys fees and costs of the arbitration. Pacific Bell is currently
attempting to have the decision vacated. We have also filed a lawsuit against
Bell Atlantic and its affiliates in federal court. We are pursuing antitrust
and other claims in this lawsuit. In addition, Bell Atlantic has separately
filed suit against us asserting infringement of a patent issued to them in
September 1998 entitled
51
<PAGE>
"Variable Rate and Variable Mode Transmission System." As we have only
recently received notice of this claim, we are unable to adequately assess the
scope or merits of the claim. Failure to resolve these various legal disputes
and controversies between us and the various traditional telephone companies
without excessive delay and cost and in a manner that is favorable to us could
significantly harm our business.
We are not currently engaged in any other legal proceedings that we believe
could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, operating
results and financial condition. We are, however, subject to state commission,
FCC and court decisions as they relate to the interpretation and
implementation of the 1996 Telecommunications Act, the interpretation of
competitive telecommunications company interconnection agreements in general
and our interconnection agreements in particular. In some cases, we may be
deemed to be bound by the results of ongoing proceedings of these bodies or
the legal outcomes of other contested interconnection agreements that are
similar to our agreements. The results of any of these proceedings could harm
our business.
52
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT
Directors and Executive Officers
Our directors and executive officers, and their respective ages as of April
30, 1999, are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name Age Position
- ---- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Robert Knowling, Jr..... 43 President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Timothy Laehy........... 42 Chief Financial Officer and Vice President, Finance
Rex Cardinale........... 46 Chief Technology Officer and Vice President, Engineering
Robert Davenport, III... 39 Executive Vice President, Business Development
Charles Haas............ 39 Executive Vice President, Sales
Catherine Hemmer........ 40 President, Operations
Dhruv Khanna............ 39 Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Jane Marvin............. 40 Senior Vice President, Human Resources
Robert Roblin........... 46 Executive Vice President, Marketing
Charles McMinn.......... 47 Chairman, Board of Directors
Robert Hawk............. 59 Director
Henry Kressel........... 65 Director
Joseph Landy............ 37 Director
Daniel Lynch............ 57 Director
Frank Marshall.......... 52 Director
Rich Shapero............ 51 Director
</TABLE>
Robert Knowling, Jr. has been our President, Chief Executive Officer and a
member of our board of directors since July 1998. From October 1997 through
July 1998, Mr. Knowling served as the Executive Vice President of Operations
and Technologies at U S WEST Communications, Inc. In this capacity, Mr.
Knowling was responsible for planning, delivering and maintaining high-quality
telecommunications services for more than 25 million customers in 14 western
and midwestern states. From March 1996 through September 1997, he served as
Vice President of Network Operations at U S WEST Communications, Inc. From
November 1994 through March 1996, he served as Vice President of Network
Operations for Ameritech Corporation. Mr. Knowling began his career in 1977 at
Indiana Bell where he progressed through a variety of assignments in
operations, engineering and marketing. When Indiana Bell became a part of
Ameritech Corporation, Mr. Knowling assumed positions of increasing
responsibility in marketing, product development, large business marketing and
network operations, including service on Ameritech Corporation's re-
engineering breakthrough development team. As lead architect of the Ameritech
Corporation transformation, Mr. Knowling reported directly to the Chairman.
Mr. Knowling currently serves on the board of directors of Shell Oil Company.
Timothy Laehy joined us in August 1997. He served as our Chief Financial
Officer, Treasurer and Vice President, Finance until February 1999 and has
served as our Chief Financial Officer and Vice President, Finance since that
date. Prior to joining us, Mr. Laehy served as Vice President, Corporate
Finance and Treasurer of Leasing Solutions, Inc., a computer equipment leasing
company, from February 1991 to August 1997. From 1990 to 1991, Mr. Laehy
served as a senior associate with Recovery Equity Partners, a private venture
capital investment fund. From 1985 to 1990, he served in various capacities at
Guarantee Acceptance Capital Corporation, an investment bank, Liberty Mutual
Insurance Company and Union Carbide Corporation.
Rex Cardinale joined us in June 1997. He served as our Vice President,
Engineering until February 1999 and has served as our Chief Technology Officer
and Vice President, Engineering since that date. From February 1996 to March
1997, Mr. Cardinale served as Chief Executive Officer and Vice President,
Engineering at GlobalCenter Inc., an Internet service provider for small
businesses. From January 1994 to February 1996, Mr. Cardinale served as Vice
President and General Manager, Internet Services Division, at Global Village
Communication. From June 1992 to September 1993, Mr. Cardinale was Vice
President and General Manager of the cc:Mail division of Lotus Development
Corporation. Prior to that time, he served for five years as Vice
53
<PAGE>
President, Engineering for Ultra Network Technologies, a provider of high-
speed networking systems for supercomputers and for ten years in various
engineering management capacities at Rolm Corporation.
Robert R. Davenport, III joined us in January 1999. He served as our Vice
President, Business Development until February 1999 and has served as our
Executive Vice President, Business Development since that date. Prior to
joining us, Mr. Davenport was Senior Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer at Tele-Communications, Inc.'s Internet Services subsidiary, TCI.NET
from 1997 to 1999. Between 1995 and 1997, Mr. Davenport was with Tele-
Communications, Inc., as Vice President, Finance and Development for the
Telephony Services subsidiary. From 1992 to 1995, he was Managing Partner of
RD Partners, LLC, a private investment firm focused on leveraged equity
investments.
Charles Haas is one of our founders. He served as our Vice President, Sales
and Marketing from May 1997 until November 1998 and as our Vice President,
Sales from November 1998 until February 1999. Since February 1999, Mr. Haas
has served as our Executive Vice President Sales. Mr. Haas has over fourteen
years of sales and business development experience with Intel where he held
various positions from 1982 to 1997. At Intel, Mr. Haas served as manager of
corporate business development, focusing on opportunities in the broadband
computer communications area, and played a principal role in the development
of our Residential Broadband strategy for telephone and satellite companies
(DSL, Fiber-to-the-Curb and satellite modems).
Catherine Hemmer joined us in August 1998. She served as our Vice
President, Operations until February 1999 and has served as our President,
Network Services since that date. From 1996 to August 1998, she was Vice
President, Network Reliability and Operations at U S WEST Communications, Inc.
From 1995 to 1996, she served as General Manager, Network provisioning at
Ameritech Services, Inc., a telecommunications company. From 1988 to 1995, she
served in various capacities, including Vice President, Network Services, at
MFS Telecom, Inc. From 1987 to 1988, she served as Senior Manager, Management
Information Systems at Chicago Fiber Optic Corporation d/b/a Metropolitan
Fiber Systems of Chicago, Inc., a start-up venture developing a market niche
for fiber optic local access networks.
Dhruv Khanna is one of our founders. He served as our Vice President,
General Counsel and Secretary from October 1996 until February 1999 and has
served as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since
that date. He was an in-house counsel for Intel's communications products
division and its Senior Telecommunications Attorney between 1993 and 1996.
Between 1987 and 1993, Mr. Khanna was an associate at Morrison & Foerster
where his clients included Teleport Communications Group (now AT&T), McCaw
Cellular Communications, Inc. (now AT&T Wireless), and Southern Pacific
Telecom (now Qwest). Mr. Khanna has extensive experience with regulatory
matters, litigation and business transactions involving the RBOCs and other
telecommunications companies. While at Intel, he helped shape the computer
industry's positions on the Telecommunications Act of 1996 and the FCC's rules
implementing the 1996 Act.
Jane Marvin joined us in April 1999 as our Senior Vice President, Human
Resources. Prior to joining us, from August 1995 to April 1999, Ms. Marvin was
Vice President, Human Resources for the General Business, Small Business and
Enhanced Business Services units and Director, Leadership and Executive
Development of Ameritech Corporation. In these capacities, she re-engineered
and streamlined multiple HR processes and drove corporate-wide change
initiatives. From 1991 to 1995, Ms. Marvin was Human Resources Director with
the Pepsi Cola Company, a division of Pepsico Inc., where she improved
business processes in the areas of recruitment, selection, training, and
compensation. From 1988 to 1991, Ms. Marvin worked in progressively broader HR
leadership roles at Data General Corporation, a provider of enterprise
hardware and software solutions.
Robert Roblin joined us in November 1998. He served as our Vice President,
Marketing until February 1999 and has served as our Executive Vice President,
Marketing since that date. Prior to joining us, he was Executive Vice
President of Marketing at Adobe Systems, Inc. from 1996 to November 1998. From
1994 to 1996, Mr. Roblin served as Vice President and General Manager of
Marketing of the Consumer Division of IBM Corporation. Between 1992 and 1994,
Mr. Roblin was the Vice President of Marketing of Pensoft, a start-up pen-
based software company that produced a database-driven personal information
manager.
54
<PAGE>
Charles McMinn is one of our founders and has been the Chairman of our
board of directors since July 1998. He served as our President and Chief
Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors from October 1996
to July 1998. Mr. McMinn has over 20 years of experience in creating,
financing, operating and advising high technology companies. From July 1995 to
October 1996, and from August 1993 to June 1994, Mr. McMinn managed his own
consulting firm, Cefac Consulting, which focused on strategic development for
information technology and communications businesses. From June 1994 to
November 1995, he served as Principal, Strategy Discipline, at Gemini
Consulting. From August 1992 to June 1993, he served as President and Chief
Executive Officer of Visioneer Communications, Inc. and from October 1985 to
June 1992 was a general partner at InterWest Partners, a venture capital firm.
Mr. McMinn began his Silicon Valley career as the product manager for the 8086
microprocessor at Intel.
Robert Hawk has served as a member of our board of directors since April
1998. Mr. Hawk is President of Hawk Communications and recently retired as
President and Chief Executive Officer of U S WEST Multimedia Communications,
Inc., where he headed the cable, data and telephony communications business
from May 1996 to April 1997. He was president of the Carrier Division of U S
West Communications, a regional telecommunications service provider, from
September 1990 to May 1996. Prior to that time, Mr. Hawk was Vice President of
Marketing and Strategic Planning for CXC Corporation. Prior to joining CXC
Corporation, Mr. Hawk was director of Advanced Systems Development for
AT&T/American Bell. He currently serves on the boards of PairGain
Technologies, COM21, Concord Communications, Radcom, Efficient Networks and
several privately held companies.
Henry Kressel has served as a member of our board of directors since July
1997. Dr. Kressel has been with E.M. Warburg, Pincus & Co., LLC since 1983 and
is currently a managing director of the firm. He is also a partner of Warburg,
Pincus & Co., the general partner of Warburg, Pincus Investors, L.P. Prior to
that time, he served as Staff Vice President of the RCA Corporation
responsible for research and development of optoelectronics, semiconductors
and related software and technologies. Dr. Kressel serves as a director of
Earthweb, Inc., Level One Communications, Inc., IA Corporation, NOVA
Corporation, Inc. and several privately held companies.
Joseph Landy has served as a member of our board of directors since July
1997. Mr. Landy has been with E.M. Warburg, Pincus & Co., LLC since 1985 and
is currently a managing director of the firm. Throughout his career at E.M.
Warburg, Pincus & Co., LLC, Mr. Landy has focused primarily on investments in
information technology and specialty semiconductors. Mr. Landy is a director
of Indus International, Inc. and Level One Communications, Inc. and several
privately held companies.
Daniel Lynch has served as a member of our board of directors since April
1997. Mr. Lynch is also a founder of CyberCash, Inc. and has served as
chairman of its board of directors since August 1994. From December 1990 to
December 1995, he served as Chairman of the board of directors of Softbank
Forums, a provider of education and conference services for the information
technology industry. Mr. Lynch founded Interop Company in 1986, which is now a
division of ZD Comdex and Forums. Mr. Lynch is a member of the Association for
Computing Machinery and the Internet Society. He is also a member of the Board
of Trustees of the Santa Fe Institute, the Bionomics Institute and
CommerceNet. He previously served as Director of the Information Processing
Division for the Information Sciences Institute in Marina del Rey, where he
led the Arpanet team that made the transition from the original NCP protocols
to the current TCP/IP based protocols. He has served as a director of Exodus
Communications since January 1998. Mr. Lynch previously served as a member of
the board of directors at UUNET Technologies from April 1994 until August
1996.
Frank Marshall has served as a member of our board of directors since
October 1997. Mr. Marshall currently serves on the board of directors of PMC-
Sierra Inc. and several private companies. Mr. Marshall also serves on the
technical advisory board of several high technology private companies. He is a
member of the InterWest Partners Advisory Committee and a Venture Partner at
Sequoia Capital. From 1992 to 1997, Mr. Marshall served as Vice President of
Engineering and Vice President and General Manager, Core Business Unit of
Cisco Systems Inc. From 1982 to 1992, he served as Senior Vice President,
Engineering at Convex Computer Corporation.
55
<PAGE>
Rich Shapero has served as a member of our board of directors since July
1997. Mr. Shapero has been a general partner of Crosspoint Venture Partners,
L.P., a venture capital investment firm, since April 1993. From January 1991
to June 1992, he served as Chief Operating Officer of Shiva Corporation, a
computer network company. Previously, he was a Vice President of Sun
Microsystems, Senior Director of Marketing at AST, and held marketing and
sales positions at Informatics General Corporation and UNIVAC's Communications
Division. Mr. Shapero serves as a member of the board of directors of Sagent
Technology, Inc. and several privately held companies.
Classified Board
The board of directors is divided into three classes. The term of office
and directors consisting of each class is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Class Directors Term of Office
----- --------- --------------
<C> <C> <S>
Class I . expires at the annual meeting of
Daniel Lynch stockholders in 2000 and at each third
Rich Shapero succeeding annual meeting thereafter
Class II Henry Kressel . expires at the annual meeting of
Frank Marshall stockholders in 2001 and at each third
Charles McMinn succeeding annual meeting thereafter
Class III Robert Hawk . expires at the annual meeting of
Robert Knowling, Jr. stockholders in 2002 and at each third
Joseph Landy succeeding annual meeting thereafter
</TABLE>
The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult
to change the composition of the board of directors.
Board Committees
In April 1998, our board of directors established an audit committee and a
compensation committee. The audit committee consists of two of our outside
directors, Messrs. Landy and Lynch. The audit committee's primary
responsibilities include:
. conducting a post-audit review of the financial statements and audit
findings;
. reviewing our independent auditors proposed audit scope and approach; and
. reviewing on a continuous basis the adequacy of our system of internal
accounting controls.
The compensation committee also consists of two of our outside directors,
Dr. Kressel and Mr. Shapero. The primary responsibilities of the compensation
committee include:
. reviewing and determining the compensation policy for our executive
officers and directors, and other employees as directed by the board of
directors;
. reviewing and determining all forms of compensation to be provided to our
executive officers; and
. reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors regarding
general compensation goals and guidelines for our employees and the
criteria by which bonuses to our employees are determined.
In April 1999, the board of directors established a management compensation
committee consisting of our President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr.
Knowling. The management compensation committee's responsibilities are to
review and determine stock option grants for non-officer employees up to a
maximum of 25,000 shares per non-officer employee.
56
<PAGE>
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
No member of our board of directors or of its compensation committee serves
as an executive officer of any entity that has one or more of our executive
officers serving as members of its board of directors or board of directors
compensation committee. No such interlocking relationship has existed in the
past. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" for a description
of transactions between us and entities affiliated with members of our
compensation committee.
Director Compensation
Except for grants of stock options subject to vesting and restricted stock
subject to repurchase, our directors generally do not receive compensation for
services provided as a director. We do not pay additional amounts for
committee participation or special assignments of our board of directors,
except for reimbursement of expenses in attending board of directors and
committee meetings.
Executive Compensation
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to
compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each person who served as our
Chief Executive Officer or was one of our four other most highly compensated
executive officers (collectively, the "Named Executive Officers") during the
fiscal years ended December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998.
Summary Compensation Table
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Long-Term
Compensation
------------
Annual
Compensation
-------------------- Securities
Name and Principal Underlying All Other
Position Year Salary Bonus Options/SARs Compensation(1)
- ------------------ ---- -------- -------- ------------ --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Robert Knowling, Jr. ... 1998 $180,768 $750,000 3,150,000 $196
President and Chief 1997 -- -- -- --
Executive Officer(2)
Charles McMinn ......... 1998 $167,019 $ 15,764 -- $286
Chairman, Board of 1997 87,500(4) -- -- 126
Directors(3)
Rex Cardinale .......... 1998 $144,451 $ 15,764 -- $281
Vice President, 1997 73,233(4) -- -- 126
Engineering
Charles Haas............ 1998 $133,615 $ 15,962 -- $269
Vice President, Sales 1997 70,000(4) -- -- 126
Dhruv Khanna............ 1998 $133,615 $ 15,943 -- $269
Vice President, General 1997 70,000(4) -- -- 126
Counsel and Secretary
Timothy Laehy........... 1998 $129,327 $ 16,189 -- $269
Chief Financial 1997 45,000(4) -- -- 126
Officer, Treasurer and
Vice President, Finance
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The dollar amount in this column represents premium payments we made for
life insurance policies.
(2) Mr. Knowling assumed the offices of President and Chief Executive Officer
in July 1998.
(3) Mr. McMinn stepped down as our President and Chief Executive Officer and
assumed the position of Chairman of our board of directors in July 1998.
(4) Based on annual salaries of $150,000 and $140,000 for Messrs. McMinn and
Cardinale, respectively, and $120,000 for Messrs. Haas, Khanna and Laehy.
57
<PAGE>
Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
The following table sets forth information regarding stock options granted
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998 to Robert Knowling, Jr., our
President and Chief Executive Officer. Stock options were not granted to any
other Named Executive Officer during 1998.
Option Grants in 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Individual Grants
---------------------------------------------------------
Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed
Annual Rates of Stock
Number of Percent of Total Price Appreciation
Securities Options Granted Exercise for Option Term($)(3)
Underlying Options to Employees in Price Per Expiration ---------------------
Name Granted(#)(1) Fiscal 1998(%)(2) Share($) Date 5% 10%
- ---- ------------------ ----------------- --------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Robert Knowling, Jr..... 3,150,000 22.45% $0.6667 7/7/2006 $1,002,656 $2,401,537
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) These options become exercisable over a four-year period, with 12.5% of
the option shares vesting on the six month anniversary of the grant date
and the remainder vesting in 42 equal monthly installments. All the
options have a term of eight years, subject to earlier termination in
certain situations related to termination of employment. See "1997 Stock
Plan."
(2) Based on an aggregate of 14,029,467 options we granted during 1998
pursuant to our 1997 Stock Plan.
(3) These amounts represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the
options if exercised at the end of the option term. The potential
realizable values are calculated by assuming that our common stock
appreciates at the annual rate shown, compounded annually, from the date
of grant until expiration of the granted options. The assumed 5% and 10%
rates of stock price appreciation are mandated by the rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our estimate or
projection of future stock price growth.
Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Year-End Option Values
The following table sets forth the number and value of shares of our common
stock underlying the unexercised options held by Robert Knowling, Jr., our
President and Chief Executive Officer. As of December 31, 1998, no stock
options have been granted to any other Named Executive Officer.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number of Securities Value of Unexercised
Underlying Unexercised In-the-Money Options at
Options at December 31, 1998 December 31, 1998(1)
--------------------------------- -------------------------
Name Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable
---- ------------- ----------------- ----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Robert Knowling, Jr..... -- 3,150,000 -- $35,700,000
</TABLE>
- --------
(1) The value is calculated on the basis of $12.00 per share, our split-
adjusted initial public offering price, less the aggregate exercise price.
Employment Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements
We have entered into a written employment agreement with Robert Knowling,
Jr., our President and Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides that
Mr. Knowling will receive compensation in the form of a $400,000 annual base
salary and a $250,000 minimum annual bonus. Mr. Knowling received (i) a
signing bonus of $1,500,000, one half of which was paid when he began working
for us, and the remaining half of which will be paid once he has worked for us
for one full year (July 1999) or, before then, upon a change of control (as
that term is defined in the agreement), and (ii) stock options to purchase
3,150,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.6667 per
share. If we terminate Mr. Knowling's employment relationship without cause
(as that term is defined in the agreement), or if Mr. Knowling resigns for
good reason (as that term is defined in the agreement), we must continue to
pay Mr. Knowling's annual salary and targeted bonus for a period of two years
after the date of termination so long as Mr. Knowling does not become employed
by one of our direct competitors. Mr. Knowling has agreed to be bound by
customary confidentiality provisions during the term of his employment. As
provided in the agreement, in August 1998 we loaned Mr. Knowling $500,000
pursuant to a
58
<PAGE>
secured promissory note that bears no interest during his employment. The loan
has provisions for forgiveness based on continued employment and matures in
four years, subject to acceleration in certain events. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions--Employee Loans."
We have entered into written employment agreements with Dhruv Khanna and
Rex Cardinale whereby we have agreed to hire each employee for a two-year
term. Pursuant to the employment agreements, Messrs. Khanna and Cardinale
currently receive compensation in the form of annual base salaries of $160,000
and bonuses to be determined by our board of directors or our compensation
committee. The employment commencement date for both Messrs. Khanna and
Cardinale was July 15, 1997. During the two-year term, these employees can
only be terminated for cause (as that term is defined in their agreements), at
which time they will only be eligible for benefits in accordance with our
established policies. After the two-year term, the employment relationship may
be terminated by us or the employee with or without cause. If we terminate Mr.
Khanna's or Mr. Cardinale's employment relationship without cause, we must
continue to pay such employee's salary and benefits as he received immediately
before termination for a period of six months after the date of termination.
Under the employment agreements, Messrs. Khanna and Cardinale have agreed,
during the terms of their employment with us, not to (i) open or operate a
business which is then in competition with ours, (ii) act as an employee,
agent, advisor or consultant of any of our then existing competitors, or (iii)
take any action to divert our business or influence any of our existing
customers to cease doing business with us or to alter its then existing
business relationship with us.
With respect to all options granted under our 1997 Stock Plan, in the event
that we merge with or into another corporation resulting in a change of
control involving a shift in 50% or more of the voting power of our capital
stock, or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, the options will
fully vest and become exercisable one year after the change of control or
earlier in the event the individual is constructively terminated or terminated
without cause or in the event the successor corporation refuses to assume the
options. See "--1997 Stock Plan."
We have also entered into restricted stock purchase agreements with certain
of our officers and directors. The shares of our common stock issued pursuant
to these restricted stock purchase agreements are subject to our right of
repurchase which lapses in accordance with the vesting schedule of the
agreements. The agreements also include similar provisions to the stock
options, providing for accelerated vesting in the event of a change of
control. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions--Issuance of
Common Stock."
1997 Stock Plan
Our 1997 Stock Plan was adopted by our board of directors and the
stockholders in July 1997. The number of shares of our common stock which are
reserved for issuance under the 1997 Stock Plan is 23,280,513 shares, plus an
annual increase beginning in January 2000, equal to the lesser of (i) 3% of
the outstanding shares on such date or (ii) an amount determined by our board
of directors. The annual increase is subject to adjustment upon changes in our
capitalization. The 1997 Stock Plan provides for the granting to employees
(including officers and directors) of qualified "incentive stock options"
within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended (the "Code"), and for the granting to employees (including officers
and directors) and consultants of nonstatutory stock options. The 1997 Stock
Plan also provides for the granting of stock purchase rights ("SPRs"). As of
March 31, 1999, options to purchase an aggregate of 17,389,182 shares were
outstanding and 3,417,599 shares remained available for future grants.
The 1997 Stock Plan is administered by our board of directors or a
committee appointed by the board of directors. The administrator of the 1997
Stock Plan has the power to determine the terms of the options or SPRs
granted, including the exercise price of the option or SPR, the number of
shares subject to each option or SPR, the exercisability thereof, and the form
of consideration payable upon such exercise. In addition, the administrator
has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 1997 Stock Plan, provided
that no such action may affect any shares of our common stock previously
issued and sold or any option previously granted under the 1997 Stock Plan. We
may grant each optionee a maximum of 3,000,000 shares covered by options
during a fiscal year and an additional 3,000,000 shares covered by options in
connection with an optionee's initial
59
<PAGE>
employment. Options generally vest at a rate of 12.5% of the shares subject to
the option on the date six months following the grant date and 1/48th of the
shares subject to the option at the end of each one-month period thereafter
and generally expire eight years from the date of grant.
Options and SPRs granted under the 1997 Stock Plan generally are not
transferable by the optionee, and each option and SPR is exercisable during
the lifetime of the optionee only by such optionee. Options granted under the
1997 Stock Plan generally must be exercised within thirty days after the end
of optionee's status as our employee, director or consultant, or within twelve
months after such optionee's termination by death or disability, but in no
event later than the expiration of the option's term.
In the case of SPRs, unless the administrator determines otherwise,
restricted stock purchase agreements must grant us a repurchase option
exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser's
service for any reason, including death or disability. The purchase price for
shares repurchased pursuant to the restricted stock purchase agreements will
be the original price paid by the purchaser and may be paid by cancellation of
any indebtedness owed to us by the purchaser. Repurchase options lapse at a
rate determined by the administrator.
The exercise price of all incentive stock options granted under the 1997
Stock Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock
on the date of grant. The exercise price of nonstatutory stock options and
SPRs granted under the 1997 Stock Plan is determined by the administrator, but
with respect to nonstatutory stock options intended to qualify as
"performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the
Code, the exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of
our common stock on the date of grant. With respect to any participant who
owns stock possessing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our
outstanding capital stock, the exercise price of any incentive stock option
granted must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value on the grant
date and the term of such incentive stock option must not exceed five years.
The term of all other options granted under the 1997 Stock Plan may not exceed
ten years.
All stock options and restricted stock grants to officers, employees,
directors and consultants provide that in the event we merge with or into
another corporation resulting in a change of control involving a shift in 50%
or more of the voting power of our capital stock, or the sale of all or
substantially all of our assets, the options will fully vest and become
exercisable one year after the change of control. In the event the individual
is constructively terminated or terminated without cause or in the event that
the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute the options, the
options will fully vest and become exercisable at that time.
1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Our 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted by our board of directors
in December 1998, and approved by the stockholders in January 1999. A total of
1,500,000 shares of our common stock have been reserved for issuance under
this plan, plus annual increases equal to the lesser of (i) 2% of the
outstanding shares on such date or (ii) an amount determined by the board of
directors. To date, no shares have been issued under the 1998 Employee Stock
Purchase Plan, however, a significant number of employees have enrolled as
participants in this plan.
The 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which is intended to qualify under
Section 423 of the Code, contains consecutive, overlapping, twenty-four month
offering periods. Each offering period includes four six-month purchase
periods. The offering periods generally start on the first trading day on or
after May 1 and November 1 of each year, except for the first offering period
which commenced on the first trading day after our initial public offering
(January 22, 1999) and ends on the last trading day on or before October 31,
2000.
Employees are eligible to participate if they are customarily employed by
us or any of our participating subsidiaries for at least 20 hours per week and
more than five months in any calendar year. However, no employee may be
granted a right to purchase stock under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
(i) to the extent that, immediately after the grant of the right to purchase
stock, the employee would own stock possessing 5% or more of the total
combined voting power or value of all classes of our capital stock, or (ii) to
the extent
60
<PAGE>
that his or her rights to purchase stock under all our employee stock purchase
plans accrues at a rate which exceeds $25,000 worth of stock for each calendar
year. The 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan permits participants to purchase
our common stock through payroll deductions of up to 12% of the participant's
"compensation." Compensation is defined as the participant's base straight
time gross earnings and commissions but excludes payments for overtime, shift
premium, incentive compensation, incentive payments, bonuses and other
compensation. The maximum number of shares a participant may purchase during a
single purchase period is 7,500 shares.
Amounts deducted and accumulated by the participant are used to purchase
shares of our common stock at the end of each purchase period. The price of
stock purchased under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is generally 85%
of the lower of the fair market value of our common stock (i) at the beginning
of the offering period or (ii) at the end of the purchase period. In the event
the fair market value at the end of a purchase period is less than the fair
market value at the beginning of the offering period, the participants will be
withdrawn from the current offering period following exercise and
automatically re-enrolled in a new offering period. The new offering period
will use the lower fair market value as of the first date of the new offering
period to determine the purchase price for future purchase periods.
Participants may end their participation at any time during an offering
period, and they will be paid their payroll deductions to date. Participation
ends automatically upon termination of employment.
Rights to purchase stock granted under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan are not transferable by a participant other than by will, the laws of
descent and distribution, or as otherwise provided under the plan. The 1998
Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides that, in the event we merge with or into
another corporation or sell substantially all of our assets, each outstanding
right to purchase stock may be assumed or substituted for by the successor
corporation. If the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for
the outstanding rights to purchase stock, the offering period then in progress
will be shortened and a new exercise date will be set.
Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the 1998
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, except that no such action may adversely affect
any outstanding rights to purchase stock under the plan. Our board of
directors may terminate an offering period on any exercise date if it
determines that the termination of the plan is in our best interests and the
best interest of our stockholders. The board of directors may in its sole
discretion amend the plan to the extent necessary and desirable to avoid
unfavorable financial accounting consequences by altering the purchase price
for any offering period, shortening any offering period or allocating
remaining shares among the participants. Unless sooner terminated by our board
of directors, the plan will automatically terminate ten years from the
effective date of our initial public offering.
Management Bonus Plan
On July 22, 1998, our board of directors approved its Executive Bonus
Performance Plan. Under this plan, each of our officers receives a cash bonus
up to a designated percentage of their annual base salary depending upon the
extent to which specific performance metrics are achieved.
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability
of our directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law, and our
Bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers and may
indemnify our other employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by
law. We have also entered into agreements to indemnify our directors and
executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our
Bylaws. We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to
attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers. At present,
there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors,
officers, employees or agents in which indemnification will be required or
permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that
might result in a claim for such indemnification. We have been informed that,
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the indemnification
of directors, officers or persons that control us for liabilities arising
under the Securities Act pursuant to the above mentioned provisions is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore
unenforceable.
61
<PAGE>
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Subscription Agreement
On February 20, 1998, we entered into a Series C Preferred Stock and
Warrant Subscription Agreement (the "Subscription Agreement") with Warburg and
Crosspoint. Under this agreement, Warburg and Crosspoint unconditionally
agreed to purchase an aggregate of 5,764,143 shares of our series C preferred
stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of 4,729,500 shares of our series
C preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $16.0 million at a date
that we were to determine but, in any event, not later than March 11, 1999. We
agreed to either call this commitment or complete an alternate equity
financing of at least $16.0 million by March 11, 1999. In consideration of
this commitment, we issued to Warburg and Crosspoint warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 2,541,222 shares of our common stock at a purchase price of
$0.0022 per share. The stock purchases by AT&T Ventures and NEXTLINK
constituted an alternate equity financing. As a result, we did not issue and
sell our series C preferred stock and warrants to purchase series C preferred
stock to Warburg and Crosspoint. Dr. Henry Kressel and Mr. Joseph Landy, two
of our directors, are affiliated with Warburg, and Mr. Shapero, also one of
our directors is affiliated with Crosspoint.
On April 24, 1998, the Subscription Agreement was amended pursuant to an
Assignment and Assumption Agreement to which we were a party along with
Warburg, Crosspoint and Mr. Hawk. By the terms of this agreement, Warburg and
Crosspoint assigned to Mr. Hawk their obligation to purchase 36,015 shares of
our series C preferred stock and 29,559 warrants to purchase series C
preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $100,001.65. On the same
date, Mr. Hawk purchased 36,015 shares of our series C preferred stock at a
price per preferred share of $2.7767. As a result of this amendment, the
aggregate obligation of Warburg and Crosspoint to purchase our series C
preferred stock and warrants to purchase series C preferred stock was reduced
from 5,764,143 shares to 5,728,128 shares and from 4,729,500 shares to
4,699,941 shares, respectively, for an aggregate purchase price of $15.9
million (reduced from $16.0 million). On the same date, the Amended and
Restated Stockholder Rights Agreement dated March 11, 1998 was amended to add
Mr. Hawk as a party.
The warrants to purchase our common stock issued upon the signing of the
Subscription Agreement had five-year terms (but had to be exercised prior to
the closing of our initial public offering), had purchase prices of $0.0022
per share were immediately exercisable and contained net exercise provisions.
Prior to our initial public offering, Warburg and Crosspoint exercised their
warrants to purchase common stock for 2,032,605 and 508,243 shares of our
common stock.
On March 11, 1998, we amended the Stockholder Rights Agreement, to extend
the rights held by Warburg, Crosspoint and Intel to our warrants to purchase
common stock, series C preferred stock and warrants to purchase series C
preferred stock issued or issuable to Warburg, Crosspoint and Intel pursuant
to the Subscription Agreement.
The Intel Stock Purchase
As provided in the Subscription Agreement, Intel purchased 360,144 shares
of our series C preferred stock and warrants to purchase 295,500 shares of our
series C preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 million
concurrently with the closing of the issuance of the 1998 notes in March 1998.
We did not have any obligation to issue the warrants to purchase series C
preferred stock to Intel until such time as Warburg and Crosspoint funded
their respective commitments under the Subscription Agreement. The stock
purchases by AT&T Ventures and NEXTLINK constituted an alternate equity
financing. As a result, we did not issue the warrants to purchase series C
preferred stock to Intel. In connection with its agreement to purchase such
series C preferred stock and warrants to purchase series C preferred stock, we
issued to Intel warrants to purchase an aggregate of 158,778 shares of our
common stock at a purchase price of $0.0022 per share. Prior to our initial
public offering, Intel exercised their warrants for 158,778 shares of our
common stock.
62
<PAGE>
Transactions in Connection with the Formation of the Delaware Holding Company
We were originally incorporated in California as Covad Communication
Company ("Covad California") in October 1996. In July 1997, we were
incorporated in Delaware as part of our strategy to operate through a holding
company structure and to conduct substantially all of our operations through
subsidiaries. To effect the holding company structure, in July 1997 we entered
into an Exchange Agreement with the existing holders of the common stock and
series A preferred stock of Covad California to acquire all of such stock in
exchange for a like number of shares of our common and preferred stock, so
that after giving effect to the exchange Covad California became our wholly-
owned subsidiary. In addition, we entered into an Assumption Agreement
pursuant to which we assumed certain outstanding obligations of Covad
California, including a $500,000 demand note issued to Warburg and certain
commitments to issue stock options to two of our consultants.
In connection with the Exchange Agreement, three of our officers, Messrs.
McMinn, Khanna and Haas, each exchanged 4,500,000 shares of common stock of
Covad California, originally purchased for $0.0028 per share, for a like
number of our shares of common stock pursuant to restricted stock purchase
agreements. In addition, Mr. Lynch, one of our directors, exchanged 216,000
shares of common stock of Covad California, originally purchased for $0.0222
per share, for a like number of our shares of common stock pursuant to a
restricted stock purchase agreement. The common stock issued to Messrs.
McMinn, Khanna, Haas and Lynch are generally subject to vesting over a period
of four years. This vesting is subject to acceleration upon a change of
control involving a merger, sale of all or substantially all our assets or a
shift in 50% or more of the voting power of our capital stock. Our repurchase
rights lapse one year after the change of control or earlier in the event the
individual is constructively terminated or terminated without cause, or in the
event the successor corporation refuses to assume the agreements.
Issuance of Common Stock
On July 15, 1997, we issued 1,687,500 shares of our common stock to Mr.
Cardinale, one of our officers, for a purchase price of $0.0222 per share. On
August 30, 1997, we issued 517,500 shares of our common stock to Mr. Laehy,
one of our officers, for $0.0333 per share. On October 14, 1997, we issued
216,000 shares of our common stock to Mr. Marshall, one of our directors, for
a purchase price of $0.0333 per share. On April 24, 1998, we issued 144,000
shares of our common stock to Mr. Hawk, one of our directors, for a purchase
price of $0.444 per share. On August 28, 1998, we issued 60,000 shares of our
common stock to Mr. Hawk for a purchase price of $3.8333 per share. The shares
of our common stock issued to Messrs. Cardinale, Laehy, Marshall and Hawk were
issued pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements which contain vesting
and change of control provisions similar to those contained in the above-
described restricted stock purchase agreements of Messrs. McMinn, Khanna, Haas
and Lynch.
Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock
On June 30, 1997 Covad California issued 150,000 shares of series A
preferred stock to each of Messrs. McMinn, Khanna and Haas and 300,000 shares
of series A preferred stock to Mr. Lynch for a purchase price of $0.3333 per
share. In July 1997, these shares were exchanged for a like number of our
shares of series A preferred stock pursuant to the Exchange Agreement.
Issuance of Series B Preferred Stock
In July 1997, we sold an aggregate of 17,000,001 shares of our series B
preferred stock, of which 12,000,000 shares were sold to Warburg, 3,000,000
shares were sold to Crosspoint and 2,000,001 shares were sold to Intel. The
purchase price of our series B preferred stock was $0.50 per share. A portion
of the purchase price of the series B preferred stock was paid by cancellation
of a $500,000 demand note issued to Warburg in June 1997. Messrs. Kressel and
Landy, each of whom currently serve as members of our board of directors, are
affiliated with Warburg. Mr. Shapero, who currently serves on our board of
directors, is affiliated with Crosspoint.
63
<PAGE>
On February 12, 1998, we sold an additional 100,002 shares of series B
preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share to Mr. Marshall, one of
our directors.
The Strategic Investments and Relationships
In January 1999, we received equity investments from AT&T Ventures,
NEXTLINK and Qwest. AT&T Ventures purchased an aggregate of 1,500,583 shares
of our series C-1 preferred stock at $2.7767 per share and an aggregate of
1,157,408 shares of our series D-1 preferred stock at $18.00 per share. These
purchases represent an aggregate investment of $25 million, of which $11
million was invested by AT&T Venture Fund II, LP and $14 million was invested
by the two affiliated funds. NEXTLINK purchased 1,200,466 shares of our series
C-1 preferred stock at $2.7767 per share and 925,926 shares of our series D-1
preferred stock at $18.00 per share, representing an investment of $20
million. Qwest purchased 900,349 shares of our series C-1 preferred stock at
$2.7767 per share and 694,445 shares of our series D-1 preferred stock at
$18.00 per share, representing an aggregate investment of $15 million. At the
completion of our initial public offering, our series C-1 preferred stock
converted into our class B common stock on a one-for-one basis. The series D-1
preferred stock also converted into our class B common stock at that time on a
one-for-one basis. These strategic investors have each agreed not to transfer
any of our series C-1 preferred stock, series D-1 preferred stock or class B
common stock to any non-affiliated third party until January 2000. They have
also each agreed not to acquire more than 10% of our voting stock without our
consent until January 2002. In addition, until January 2002, they have agreed
to vote any voting securities it holds as recommended by our board of
directors.
Concurrently with these strategic equity investments, we entered into
commercial agreements with AT&T, NEXTLINK and Qwest. These agreements provide
for the purchase, marketing and resale of our services at volume discounts,
our purchase of fiber optic transport bandwidth at volume discounts,
collocation of network equipment and development of new DSL services. These
agreements have terms ranging from six months to several years subject to
earlier termination in certain circumstances. We cannot predict the number of
line orders that AT&T, NEXTLINK or Qwest will generate, if any, whether line
orders will be below our expectations or the expectations of, AT&T, NEXTLINK
or Qwest or whether AT&T, NEXTLINK or Qwest will discontinue selling our
services entirely.
Equipment Lease Financing
Through March 31, 1999, we have incurred a total of $860,000 of equipment
lease financing obligations (including principal and interest) through a sale
lease-back transaction with Charter Financial, Inc. From our inception through
March 31, 1999, we have made total payments of approximately $403,000 to
Charter Financial on these obligations. Warburg, one of our principal
stockholders, owns a majority of the capital stock of Charter Financial. We
believe that the terms of the lease financing with Charter Financial were
completed at rates similar to those available from alternative providers. Our
belief that the terms of the sale lease-back arrangement are similar to those
available from alternative providers is based on the advice of our officers
who reviewed at least two alternative proposals and who reviewed and
negotiated the terms of the arrangement with Charter Financial.
Registration Rights
Certain holders of our common stock are entitled to registration rights.
See "Description of Capital Stock--Registration Rights."
Employment Agreements
We have entered into employment agreements with certain of our officers.
See "Executive Compensation--Employment Agreements and Change in Control
Arrangements."
64
<PAGE>
Employee Loans
In August 1998, we loaned Robert Knowling, Jr., our President and Chief
Executive Officer, the principal amount of $500,000 pursuant to a Note Secured
by Deed of Trust, which was secured by certain real property of Mr. Knowling.
The entire principal balance of this note becomes due and payable in one lump
sum on August 14, 2002. No interest is charged on the note. This note has
provisions for forgiveness based on continued employment and is subject to
acceleration in certain events.
In October 1998, we loaned Catherine Hemmer, our Vice President,
Operations, and her husband, one of our employees, the principal amount of
$600,000 pursuant to a Note Secured By Deed of Trust, which was secured by
certain real property of the Hemmers. The outstanding principal balance of
this note becomes due in four equal annual installments commencing August 10,
1999, with the last installment due on August 10, 2002. No interest is charged
on the note. This note has provisions for forgiveness based upon continued
employment of each of the Hemmers and is subject to acceleration in certain
events.
In January 1999, we committed to extend a loan to Robert Davenport, our
Executive Vice President of Business Development, in the aggregate principal
amount of $600,000 for the purchase of a principal residence. The loan, at Mr.
Davenport's discretion, may or may not be secured by such principal residence.
When extended to Mr. Davenport, the loan will provide that principal balance
will be due and payable in four equal annual installments beginning at the
first year anniversary of the commencement of Mr. Davenport's employment, and,
if secured by his principal residence, no interest will be charged for the
loan. Furthermore, the loan will be forgiven based upon his continued
employment and is subject to acceleration in certain events.
In April 1999, we committed to extend a loan to Jane Marvin, our Senior
Vice President of Human Resources, in the aggregate principal amount of
$500,000 for the purchase of a principal residence. The loan, at Ms. Marvin's
discretion, may or may not be secured by such principal residence. When
extended to Ms. Marvin, the loan will provide that principal balance will be
due and payable in four equal annual installments beginning at the first year
anniversary of the commencement of Ms. Marvin's employment, and, if secured by
her principal residence, no interest will be charged for the loan.
Furthermore, the loan will be forgiven based upon her continued employment and
is subject to acceleration in certain events.
65
<PAGE>
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth, after giving effect to the May 19, 1999 3-
for-2 stock split, certain information regarding ownership of our common stock
as of March 31, 1999 by:
(i) each Named Executive Officer,
(ii) each of our directors,
(iii) all of our executive officers and directors as a group,
(iv) all persons who directly own 5% or more of our common stock, and
(v) our selling stockholders.
Share ownership in each case includes shares issuable upon exercise of
outstanding options and warrants that are exercisable within 60 days of March
31, 1999 as described in the footnotes below. Percentage ownership
is calculated pursuant to SEC Rule 13d-3(d)(1). Except as otherwise indicated,
the address of each of the persons in this table, other than the selling
stockholders, is as follows: c/o Covad Communications Group, Inc.,
2330 Central Expressway, Santa Clara, CA 95050.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Shares
Beneficially Owned Shares
Prior to the Beneficially Owned
Offering(1) After the Offering(1)
--------------------- Shares to be ---------------------
Beneficial Owner Number Percentage Sold Number Percentage
- ---------------- ------ ---------- ------------ ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Directors and Executive
Officers:
Robert Knowling Jr.(2).. 648,750 * -- 648,750 *
Charles McMinn(3)....... 4,540,578 6.4% -- 4,540,578 6.4%
Robert Hawk(4).......... 276,022 * -- 276,022 *
Henry Kressel(5)........ 20,050,335 28.2 255,000 19,795,335 27.9
Joseph Landy(5)......... 20,050,335 28.2 255,000 19,795,335 27.9
Daniel Lynch(6)......... 693,658 * -- 693,658 *
Frank Marshall(6)....... 393,322 * -- 393,322 *
Rich Shapero(7)......... 5,023,612 7.1 -- 5,023,612 7.1
Rex Cardinale........... 1,687,500 2.4 -- 1,687,500 2.4
Charles Haas(8)......... 4,540,578 6.4 -- 4,540,578 6.4
Dhruv Khanna(9)......... 4,540,579 6.4 -- 4,540,579 6.4
Timothy Laehy(10)....... 517,500 * -- 517,500 *
All executive officers
and directors as a
group(11).............. 43,042,569 59.9 255,000 42,787,569 59.6
Five Percent and Selling
Stockholders:
Warburg, Pincus
Ventures, L.P.(12)..... 20,050,335 28.2 255,000 19,795,335 27.9
Crosspoint Venture
Partners 1996(13)...... 5,023,612 7.1 -- 5,023,612 7.1
Intel Corporation(14)... 3,709,242 5.2 -- 3,709,242 5.2
The Putnam Advisory
Company, Inc. on behalf
of certain private
accounts for which it
serves as investment
advisor(15)............ 126,098 * 126,098 -- --
Putnam Investment
Management, Inc. on
behalf of certain funds
for which it serves as
investment advisor(16).. 2,262,819 3.2 2,262,819 -- --
Putnam Fiduciary Trust
Company on behalf of
certain private
accounts for which it
serves as investment
advisor(17)............ 89,363 * 89,363 -- --
Fidelity Management &
Research Company on
behalf of certain funds
and private accounts
for which it serves as
investment advisor(18).. 2,198,388 3.1 2,198,388 -- --
Fidelity Management
Trust Company on behalf
of accounts managed by
it(19)................. 168,523 * 168,523 -- --
Other selling
stockholders (11
persons) as a group,
each of whom own less
than 1% of the
outstanding common
stock immediately prior
to this offering....... 2,399,809 3.4 2,399,809 -- --
</TABLE>
66
<PAGE>
- --------
* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding voting
stock.
(1) The percentages are based on 71,008,053 outstanding shares of common
stock as of March 31, 1999, which includes 7,580,646 shares of common
stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants of which 7,245,000
shares are being sold in this offering. Not included in this table are
6,379,177 outstanding shares of our non-voting class B common stock which
are convertible into 9,568,765 of common stock beginning January 2000.
These shares are held by certain strategic investors. See "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions--The Strategic Investments and
Relationships."
(2) Consists of 648,750 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable
within 60 days of March 31, 1999.
(3) Includes 712,500 shares of common stock held by a trust for the benefit
of two members of Mr. McMinn's immediate family, who also serve as co-
trustees. Mr. McMinn disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of
common stock held by such trust.
(4) Includes 9,000 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within
60 days of March 31, 1999.
(5) All of the shares indicated are owned of record by Warburg and are
included because of Dr. Kressel's and Mr. Landy's affiliation with
Warburg. Dr. Kressel and Mr. Landy disclaim beneficial ownership of these
shares within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act. The
address of Dr. Kressel and Mr. Landy is c/o E.M. Warburg, Pincus & Co.,
LLC, 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017-3147.
(6) Includes 27,000 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable
within 60 days of March 31, 1999.
(7) All of the shares indicated are owned of record by Crosspoint and are
included because of Mr. Shapero's affiliation with Crosspoint. Mr.
Shapero disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares within the meaning
of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act. The address of Mr. Shapero is c/o
Crosspoint Venture Partners, The Pioneer Hotel Building, 2925 Woodside
Road, Woodside, CA 94062.
(8) Includes 180,000 shares of common stock held by a limited partnership of
which Mr. Haas is a general partner and a limited partner. Mr. Haas
disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by such
limited partnership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
therein.
(9) Includes 562,500 shares of common stock held by a limited partnership of
which Mr. Khanna is a general partner and a limited partner. Mr. Khanna
disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held by such
limited partnership except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
therein.
(10) Includes a total of 45,000 shares of common stock held by three trusts
for the benefit of three members of Mr. Laehy's immediate family. Mr.
Laehy disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock held
by such trusts.
(11) Includes 846,385 shares of common stock subject to options exercisable
within 60 days of March 31, 1999.
(12) This table assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option. If the
underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, Warburg,
Pincus Ventures, L.P. will sell an additional 1,125,000 shares of common
stock thereby reducing their beneficial ownership to 18,670,335 shares or
26.3%. The sole general partner of Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P. is
Warburg, Pincus & Co., a New York general partnership ("WP"). E.M.
Warburg, Pincus & Co., LLC, a New York limited liability company ("EMW
LLC"), manages Warburg. The members of EMW LLC are substantially the same
as the partners of WP. Lionel I. Pincus is the managing partner of WP and
the managing member of EMW LLC and may be deemed to control both WP and
EMW LLC. WP has a 15% interest in the profits of Warburg as a general
partner and also owns approximately 1.3% of the limited partnership
interests in Warburg. Dr. Kressel and Mr. Landy, two of our directors,
are Managing Directors and members of EMW LLC and partners of WP and as
such may be deemed to have an indirect pecuniary interest (within the
meaning of Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act) in an indeterminate portion
of the shares beneficially owned by Warburg. See Note 5 above. The
address of Warburg is c/o E.M. Warburg, Pincus & Co., LLC, 466 Lexington
Avenue, New York, NY 10017-3147.
(13) Mr. Shapero, one of our directors, is affiliated with Crosspoint and as
such may be deemed to have an indirect pecuniary interest (within the
meaning of Rule 16a-1 under the Exchange Act) in an indeterminate
67
<PAGE>
portion of the shares beneficially owned by Crosspoint. See Note 7 above.
The address of Crosspoint is The Pioneer Hotel Building, 2925 Woodside
Road, Woodside, CA 94062.
(14) The address of Intel is 2200 Mission College Boulevard, Mail Stop SC4-
210, Santa Clara, CA 95052-8199.
(15) Shares are held and being sold severally, and not jointly or jointly and
severally, by the following funds or private investment accounts: Agway
Inc. Employees Retirement Trust (8,309), Abbott Laboratories Annuity
Retirement Plan (10,496), Mobil Oil Corporation Retirement Plan Trust
(10,787), Ameritech Pension Trust (23,908), Central States, Southeast and
Southwest Areas Pension Fund (52,773), Southern Farm Bureau Annuity
Insurance Company (9,038) and Strategic Global Fund-High Yield Fixed
Income (Putnam) Fund (10,787). The share amounts indicated may decrease
slightly to give effect to the "net exercise" of the warrants held by
such entities prior to the closing of this offering. Putnam Advisory
Company, inc. provides investment advisory services to each entity
identified above, and to other investment companies and to certain other
funds which may hold securities issued by Covad.
(16) Shares are held and being sold severally, and not jointly or jointly and
severally, by the following funds or private investment accounts: Putnam
High Yield Trust (772,936), Putnam High Yield Advantage Fund (927,173),
Putnam High Income Convertible and Bond Fund (8,892), Putnam Variable
Trust-Putnam VT High Yield Fund (189,225), Putnam Variable Trust-Putnam
VT Global Asset Allocation Fund (2,332), Putnam Master Income Trust
(12,391), Putnam Premier Income Trust (30,468), Putnam Master
Intermediate Income Trust (17,931), Putnam Diversified Income Trust
(143,741), Putnam Convertible Opportunities and Income Trust (8,309),
Putnam Asset Allocation Funds-Growth Portfolio (3,936), Putnam Asset
Allocation Funds-Balanced Portfolio (9,621), Putnam Asset Allocation
Funds-Conservative Portfolio (3,352), Putnam Funds Trust-Putnam High
Yield Total Return Fund (8,163), Putnam Funds Trust-Putnam High Yield
Trust II (84,553), Putnam Managed High Yield Trust (18,660), Putnam
Variable Trust-Putnam VT Diversified Income Fund (16,910), Travelers
Series Fund, Inc.-Putnam Diversified Income Portfolio (3,498) and Lincoln
National Global Asset Allocation Fund, Inc. (728). The share amounts
indicated may decrease slightly to give effect to the "net exercise" of
the warrants held by such entities prior to the closing of this offering.
Putnam Investment Management, Inc. provides investment advisory services
to each entity identified above, and to other investment companies and to
certain other funds which may hold securities issued by Covad.
(17) Shares are held and being sold severally, and not jointly or jointly and
severally, by the following funds or private investment accounts: Putnam
High Yield Managed Trust (72,453) and Putnam High Yield Fixed Income
Fund, LLC (16,910). The share amounts indicated may decrease slightly to
give effect to the "net exercise" of the warrants held by such entities
prior to the closing of this offering. Putnam Fiduciary Trust Company
provides investment advisory services to each entity identified above,
and to other investment companies and to certain other funds which may
hold securities issued by Covad.
(18) Shares are held and being sold severally, and not jointly or jointly and
severally, by the following funds or private investment accounts:
Fidelity Advisor Series II: Fidelity Advisor High Yield Fund (944,958),
Variable Insurance Products Fund: High Income Portfolio (567,091),
Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Puritan Fund (362,414), Fidelity Summer
Street Trust: Fidelity Capital & Income Fund (210,217), Fidelity Global
Yield Trust (45,192), Fidelity Advisor Series II: Fidelity Advisor
Balanced Fund (39,069), Fidelity Advisor Series II: Fidelity Advisor
Strategic Income (25,074), Fidelity School Street Trust:Fidelity
Strategic Income Fund (2,624) and Variable Insurance Products Fund III:
Balanced Portfolio (1,749). The share amounts indicated may decrease
slightly to give effect to the "net exercise" of the warrants held by
such entities prior to the closing ot this offering. Fidelity Management
& Research Company (FMR Co.) is a Massachusetts corporation and an
investment advisor registered under section 203 of the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and provides investment advisory
services to each entity identified above, and to other investment
companies and to certain other funds which may hold securities issued by
Covad. FMR Co. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR Corp. (FMR), a
Massachusetts corporation.
(19) Shares indicated as owned by such entity are owned directly by various
private investment account(s), primarily employee benefit plans for which
Fidelity Management Trust Company ("FMTC") serves as trustee or managing
agent. FMTC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FMR and a bank as defined in
Section 3(a)(6) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
68
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following summary describes the material terms of our capital stock.
However, it does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety
by the actual terms of our capital stock contained in our Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and other agreements referenced below.
Our authorized capital stock currently consists of 190,000,000 shares of
common stock, 10,000,000 shares of class B common stock and 5,000,000 shares
of preferred stock. As of March 31, 1999, there were 234 holders of record of
common stock and five holders of class B common stock. The common stock and
preferred stock each have a par value of $0.001 per share. As of March 31,
1999, there were 63,427,407 shares of common stock, 6,379,177 shares of class
B common stock (convertible into 9,568,765 shares of common stock beginning in
January 2000) and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. As of March 31,
1999, options to purchase 17,389,182 shares of common stock at a weighted
average exercise price of $2.50 per share were outstanding.
Common Stock
The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Subject to preferential
rights of any outstanding series of preferred stock, the holders of common
stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be
declared from time to time by the board of directors out of funds legally
available for that purpose. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or
winding up, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all
our remaining assets after payment of liabilities and satisfaction of
preferential rights of any outstanding series of preferred stock. The common
stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights.
There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common
stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and non-
assessable.
Class B Common Stock
The rights of holders of our class B common stock are identical to the
rights of holders of our common stock except that the holders of our class B
common stock do not have voting rights. Commencing in January 2000, the class
B common stock may be converted into common stock on a one-for-one basis at
the election of the holder, provided that such holder and its affiliates would
not hold more than 10% of our voting stock. In addition, commencing in January
2000 the class B common stock will automatically convert into common stock
upon transfer to a third party.
Preferred Stock
The board of directors has the authority to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of
preferred stock in one or more series without any further action or vote by
the stockholders. In addition, the board of directors is authorized, without
stockholder approval, to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and
restrictions granted to or imposed upon such preferred stock, including:
. dividend rights,
. conversion rights,
. terms of redemption,
. liquidation preferences,
. voting rights,
. sinking fund terms, and
. the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such
series.
As a result, the board of directors could issue additional preferred stock
with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the voting
power of the holders of common stock. Issuing preferred stock could
69
<PAGE>
also have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control
or the removal of our management. We have no present plan to issue any shares
of preferred stock.
Warrants
In connection with the issuance of our senior discount notes in March 1998,
we issued warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,580,646 shares of our common
stock with exercise prices of $0.0022 per share. An aggregate of 7,050,000 of
these shares are being sold by the selling stockholders in this offering. We
also issued to a consultant a five-year warrant to purchase 202,500 shares
with an exercise price of $0.6667 per share. This warrant is immediately
exercisable. In April 1999, we issued a warrant to purchase 300,000 shares of
common stock to a customer. This warrant will vest with respect to 150,000
shares on each of April 1, 2000 and April 1, 2001, subject to the customer
achieving certain performance goals. The exercise price will be the fair
market value of the common stock on the first vesting date with respect to
150,000 shares and the second vesting date with respect to 150,000 shares.
Registration Rights
Certain holders of our common stock are entitled to registration rights.
Pursuant to the Stockholder Rights Agreement holders of 29,859,175 shares of
common stock and holders of 6,379,177 shares of class B common stock
(collectively, the "Rights Holders") are entitled to certain rights with
respect to the registration under the Securities Act of the shares of common
stock held by them or issuable upon conversion of the class B common stock.
The 6,379,177 shares of class B common stock are convertible into 9,568,765
shares of common stock at the election beginning in January 2000. The Rights
Holders are entitled to demand, "piggy-back" and S-3 registration rights,
subject to certain limitations and conditions. The number of securities
requested to be included in a registration involving the exercise of demand
and "piggy-back" rights are subject to a pro rata reduction based on the
number of shares of common stock held by each Rights Holder and any other
security holders exercising their respective registration rights to the extent
that the managing underwriter advises that the total number of securities
requested to be included in the underwriting is such as to materially and
adversely affect the success of the offering. The registration rights
terminate as to any Rights Holder at the later of (i) three years after our
initial public offering or (ii) such time as such Rights Holder may sell under
Rule 144 in a three month period all registrable securities then held by such
Rights Holder.
Pursuant to the Warrant Registration Rights Agreement dated March 11, 1998,
between us and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated,
holders of warrants that remain outstanding after this offering are entitled
to certain registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock
issuable upon exercise of such warrants. Like the Rights Holders, the number
of securities that a warrant holder may request to be included in any
registration is subject to a pro rata reduction. Such a reduction will be
based on the number of shares held by each warrant holder and any other
security holders exercising their respective registration rights to the extent
that the managing underwriter advises us that the total number of securities
requested to be included in the underwriting is such as to materially and
adversely affect the success of the offering.
Antitakeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Covad's Charter, Bylaws and
Delaware Law
As noted above, our board of directors, without stockholder approval, has
the authority under our charter to issue preferred stock with rights superior
to the rights of the holders of common stock. As a result, preferred stock
could be issued quickly and easily, could adversely affect the rights of the
common stock holders and could be issued with terms calculated to delay or
prevent a change of control of our company or make removal of management more
difficult.
Election and Removal of Directors. Our charter and bylaws provide for the
division of our board of directors into three classes, as nearly equal in
number as possible, with the directors in each class serving for a three-year
term, and one class being elected each year by our stockholders. Our directors
may be removed only for cause.
70
<PAGE>
This system of electing and removing directors may tend to discourage a third
party from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of
our company and may maintain the incumbency of the board of directors, as it
generally makes it more difficult for stockholders to replace a majority of
the directors. See "Management--Classified Board."
Stockholder Meetings and Written Consent. Under our bylaws, the
stockholders may not call a special meeting of the stockholders of our
company. Rather, only our board of directors, the chairman of our board of
directors and the President may call special meetings of our stockholders. Our
charter provides that stockholders may not act by written consent. As a
result, stockholders can only act at a meeting.
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and
Proposals. Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to
stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as
directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of
directors or a committee thereof.
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. We are subject to
Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Section 203 prohibits a
publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination"
with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of
the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless
. prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approves
either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder's becoming an interested stockholder,
. upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder's
becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at
least 85% of the outstanding voting stock, excluding shares held by
directors, officers and certain employee stock plans, or
. on or after the consummation date the business combination is approved by
the board of directors and by the affirmative vote at an annual or
special meeting of stockholders of at least 66 2/3 % of the outstanding
voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
For purposes of Section 203, a "business combination" includes, among other
things, a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial
benefit to the interested stockholder. An "interested stockholder" is
generally a person who, together with affiliates and associates of such
person,
. owns 15% or more of the corporation's voting stock or
. is an affiliate or associate of the corporation and was the owner of 15%
or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation as any time
within the prior three years.
These charter and bylaw provisions and provisions of Delaware law may have
the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change of control of our
company.
71
<PAGE>
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Future sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the
public market, or the appearance that such shares are available for sale,
could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and our
ability to raise capital through an offering of equity securities.
Upon completion of this offering (based upon shares outstanding as of March
31, 1999), we will have 80,576,818 shares of common stock outstanding
(including 6,379,177 shares of our class B common stock which are convertible
into 9,568,765 shares of common stock beginning in January 2000). Of these
shares, the 7,500,000 shares of common stock sold in this offering will be
freely tradeable in the public market without restriction under the Securities
Act, unless such shares are purchased by our "affiliates" as that term is
defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. In addition, the 13,455,000
split-adjusted shares of common stock that we sold in our initial public
offering are freely tradeable. The remaining 59,621,818 shares of our common
stock (the "Restricted Shares") were issued and sold by us in reliance on
exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. These
shares may be sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they
qualify for an exemption from registration, such as Rule 144 or 701 under the
Securities Act, which are summarized below. The 9,568,765 Restricted Shares
issuable upon conversion of our class B common stock will be eligible for sale
beginning in January 2000 subject to the volume limitations of Rule 144.
Lock-up Agreements. The following lock-up agreements restrict the ability
of our stockholders, option holders and warrant holders to sell shares of
common stock in the public market.
. All our executive officers, directors and employees and certain of our
stockholders, who in the aggregate hold all of the Restricted Shares,
have agreed not to directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell,
grant any option to purchase, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or, in any
manner, transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated
with the ownership of any shares of our common stock beneficially owned
by them until July 21, 1999, the 181st day after the date of the
prospectus covering our initial public offering.
. All our executive officers and directors and certain of our stockholders,
who collectively hold approximately Restricted Shares, have also
agreed not to directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell,
grant any option to purchase, pledge or otherwise dispose of, or, in any
manner, transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated
with the ownership of any shares of our common stock beneficially owned
by them for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus.
. Holders of warrants that were issued in connection with the 1998 notes
are subject to an agreement pursuant to which they are restricted from
selling or otherwise disposing of their warrants or the shares of common
stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants for a period of 90 days
after the date of this prospectus.
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. may, in its sole discretion and at any time without
notice, release all or any portion of these securities subject to the lock-up
agreements.
We have entered into similar lock-up agreements covering the same 180 and
90 day periods, except that we may:
. grant options and issue stock under our stock option and stock purchase
plans,
. issue stock upon exercise of warrants outstanding on the date of the
prospectus covering our initial public offering, and
. issue stock in connection with strategic relationships and in connection
with acquisitions of businesses, technologies or products complementary
to those of our company.
In such cases, the recipients of the stock must agree to be bound by a
lock-up agreement for the remainder of the lock-up period.
72
<PAGE>
Taking into account the lock-up agreements, the number of shares that will
be available for sale in the public market under the provisions of Rules 144,
144(k) and 701 will be as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Date of Availability For Sale Number of Shares
----------------------------- ----------------
<S> <C>
July 21, 1999 (181st day after the date
of the prospectus covering our initial
public offering)....................... shares of common stock
, 1999 (91st day after the date of
the this prospectus)................... shares of common stock
January 7, 2000......................... 9,568,765 shares of common stock
issuable upon conversion of our class B
common stock
</TABLE>
Stock Plans. In addition, we have 23,280,513 shares of our common stock
reserved for issuance pursuant to options under our 1997 Stock Plan, of which
17,389,182 shares were subject to outstanding options as of March 31, 1999. We
intend to register, prior to July 21, 1999, the shares of common stock
reserved for issuance under our 1997 Stock Plan and the 1,500,000 shares of
common stock reserved for issuance under our 1998 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan. Accordingly, shares underlying vested options will be eligible for
resale in the public market beginning on July 21, 1999.
Warrants. We also have 202,500 shares underlying an outstanding warrant.
The shares underlying this warrant will be eligible for resale in the public
market upon expiration of its one-year holding period under Rule 144. However,
to the extent that warrant holder effects a "cashless" exercise of this
warrant, the underlying shares will be eligible for sale in the public markets
beginning on July 21, 1999.
Registration Rights. In addition, the holders of 29,859,175 shares of our
common stock have certain registration rights with respect to their shares.
These registration rights include the right to request a registration after
the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period. If such holders, by exercising
their registration rights, cause a large number of shares to be registered and
sold in the public market, such sales could have a material adverse effect on
the market price for our common stock. Holders of 6,379,177 shares of class B
common stock (convertible into 9,568,765 shares of common stock beginning in
January 2000) also have certain registration rights with respect to the shares
of common stock issuable upon conversion of the class B common stock. The
class B common stock is convertible into common stock beginning January 2000.
Summary of Rule 144. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a
person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned
shares for at least one year (including the holding period of any prior owner,
except an affiliate) is entitled to sell within any three-month period a
number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
(i) one percent of the number of shares of common stock then
outstanding; or
(ii) the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the
four calendar weeks preceding the required filing of a Form 144 with
respect to such sale.
Sales under Rule 144 are generally subject to certain manner of sale
provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public
information about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have
been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and
who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two
years, is entitled to sell such shares without having to comply with the
manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of
Rule 144. Under Rule 701, persons who purchase shares upon exercise of options
granted prior to the effective date of this offering are entitled to sell such
shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule
144, without having to comply with the holding period requirements of Rule 144
and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public
information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.
73
<PAGE>
UNDERWRITING
The underwriters named below have severally agreed, subject to the terms
and conditions of the underwriting agreement, to purchase from us the number
of shares of common stock set forth opposite their names below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Underwriters Number of Shares
------------ ----------------
<S> <C>
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. .................................
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.........................
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated...............................
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation....................
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.......
Wit Capital Corporation...................................
---------
Total................................................... 7,500,000
=========
</TABLE>
Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the
underwriters have agreed to purchase all of the shares of common stock being
sold pursuant to the underwriting agreement if any of such shares are
purchased (excluding shares covered by the over-allotment option).
The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the common
stock to the public initially at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at such price less a
concession of not more than $ per share. Additionally, the underwriters
may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a discount of not more than $
per share on sales to certain other dealers. After the public offering of the
shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the
underwriters.
Certain selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to
purchase up to 1,125,000 additional shares of common stock at the public
offering price, less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover page of
this prospectus, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. This option may be
exercised in whole or in part at any time within 30 days after the date of
this prospectus. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option,
each underwriter will have a firm commitment, subject to certain conditions,
to purchase a number of shares of common stock proportionate to such
underwriter's purchase obligations set forth in the foregoing table.
The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts
and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling stockholders.
Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
No Exercise Full Exercise
----------- -------------
<S> <C> <C>
Per share........................................ $ $
Total............................................ $ $
</TABLE>
The offering of the shares is made for delivery, when, as and if accepted
by the underwriters and subject to prior sale and to withdrawal, cancellation
or modification of the offering without notice. The underwriters reserve the
right to reject an order for the purchase of shares in whole or in part.
Certain of our stockholders, including all executive officers and directors
and certain stockholders and warrant holders, who own in the aggregate
shares of common stock, have agreed that they will not, without the
prior written consent of Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., directly or indirectly,
offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, pledge or
otherwise dispose of, or, in any manner, transfer all or a portion of the
74
<PAGE>
economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common
stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
common stock beneficially owned by them during the 90 day period following the
date of this prospectus.
We have agreed that we will not, without the prior written consent of Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc., offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common
stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of securities exchangeable for or
convertible into shares of common stock during the 90 day period following the
date of this prospectus, except that we may issue shares of common stock and
options to purchase common stock under our stock option and stock purchase
plans and upon exercise of warrants outstanding on the date of this prospectus,
and may issue stock in connection with strategic relationships and in
connection with acquisitions of businesses, technologies or products
complementary to those of our company, so long as the recipients of such stock
agree to be bound by a lock-up agreement for the remainder of the 90 day lock-
up period.
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters
against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in
respect thereof.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M promulgated
under the Securities and Exchange Act, certain persons participating in the
offering may engage in transactions, including stabilizing bids, syndicate
covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids, which may have the
effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of our common stock at a
level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. A
"stabilizing bid" is a bid for or the purchase of the common stock on behalf of
the underwriters for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of
the common stock. A "syndicate covering transaction" is the bid for or the
purchase of the common stock on behalf of the underwriters to reduce a short
position created in connection with the offering. The underwriters may also
cover all or a portion of such short position by exercising the over-allotment
option. A "penalty bid" is an arrangement permitting the underwriters to
reclaim the selling concession otherwise accruing to an underwriter or
syndicate member in connection with the offering if the common stock originally
sold by such underwriter or syndicate member is purchased by the underwriters
in a syndicate covering transaction and has therefore not been effectively
placed by such underwriter or syndicate member. The underwriters have advised
us such transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise
and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
A prospectus in electronic format is being made available on an Internet Web
site maintained by Wit Capital. In addition, all dealers purchasing shares from
Wit Capital in this offering have agreed to make a prospectus in electronic
format available on Web sites maintained by each of these dealers. Other than
the prospectus in electronic format, the information on such Web site and any
information contained on any other Web site maintained by Wit Capital is not
part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus
forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter in
such capacity and should not be relied on by prospective investors.
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting
discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ .
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated acted as initial
purchasers of our 1998 senior discount notes in March 1998, for which Bear,
Stearns & Co. Inc. and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated received usual and customary
fees.
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., BT Alex. Brown Incorporated and Donaldson, Lufkin
& Jenrette Securities Corporation participated as underwriters in our initial
public offering in January 1999, for which they received usual and customary
fees.
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., BT Alex. Brown Incorporated and Donaldson, Lufkin
& Jenrette Securities Corporation acted as initial purchasers of our 1999 notes
in February 1999, for which they received usual and customary fees.
75
<PAGE>
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus is a part, under the
Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This
prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the
registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the
provisions of any document are not necessarily complete. You should refer to
the copy of these documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement
or otherwise filed by us with the SEC for a more complete understanding of the
matter involved. Each statement concerning these documents is qualified in its
entirety by such reference.
We are also subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934. In accordance with the Exchange Act, we file reports,
proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The registration
statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, may be inspected and
copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, Room 1024,
Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the
regional offices of the Commission located at Seven World Trade Center, New
York, New York 10048, and 500 West Madison Street, Chicago, Illinois 60661.
Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public
reference rooms. The SEC maintains a Web site that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding registrants that file
electronically with the SEC. Copies of the registration statement and the
reports, proxy and information statements and other information that we file
with the SEC may be obtained from the SEC's Internet address at
http://www.sec.gov.
The SEC allows us to incorporate by reference into the registration
statement certain information that we have filed with them. We incorporate by
reference certain of our exhibits that are not included in or delivered with
this registration statement or this prospectus. You may request a copy of
these documents, at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following
address:
Covad Communications Group, Inc.
Attention: Investor Relations
2330 Central Expressway
Santa Clara, California 95050
(408) 844-7500
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us
by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., Palo Alto, California. Certain
attorneys at Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C. hold an aggregate of 9,150
shares of our common stock. Certain legal matters in connection with the
offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Simpson Thacher &
Bartlett, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
Our consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and
for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing
herein, and have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm
given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
76
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Annual Financial Statements
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors....................... F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 1997 and 1998............... F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1998.......................................................... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Net Capital Deficiency)
for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998......................... F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
1997 and 1998.......................................................... F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................. F-7
Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
Consolidated Balance Sheet at March 31, 1999............................ F-17
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three months ended March
31, 1998 and 1999...................................................... F-18
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity (Net Capital Deficiency)
for the three months ended March 31, 1999.............................. F-19
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 and 1999................................................ F-20
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................. F-21
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE>
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Covad Communications Group, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Covad
Communications Group, Inc. as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (net capital
deficiency), and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit
also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Covad
Communications Group, Inc. as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the
consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then
ended in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Jose, California
February 15, 1999, except for the fourth
paragraph of Note 1.J. as to which the
date is May 4, 1999
F-2
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in 000's, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
----------------
1997 1998
ASSETS ------ --------
Current assets:
<S> <C> <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.................................... $4,378 $ 64,450
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for uncollectibles of
$220 in 1998................................................ 25 1,933
Unbilled revenue............................................. 4 663
Inventories.................................................. 43 946
Prepaid expenses............................................. 52 1,183
Other current assets......................................... 317 514
------ --------
Total current assets...................................... 4,819 69,689
Property and equipment:
Networks and communication equipment......................... 2,185 55,189
Computer equipment........................................... 600 4,426
Furniture and fixtures....................................... 185 1,119
Leasehold improvements....................................... 114 1,887
------ --------
3,084 62,621
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization............... (70) (3,476)
------ --------
Net property and equipment.................................. 3,014 59,145
Other assets:
Restricted cash.............................................. 210 225
Deposits..................................................... 31 337
Deferred debt issuance costs (net)........................... -- 8,112
Other long term assets....................................... -- 1,911
------ --------
Total other assets........................................ 241 10,585
------ --------
Total assets.............................................. $8,074 $139,419
====== ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (NET CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable............................................. $ 651 $ 14,975
Unearned revenue............................................. 7 551
Accrued network costs........................................ 58 1,866
Other accrued liabilities.................................... 77 3,854
Current portion of capital lease obligations................. 229 263
------ --------
Total current liabilities................................. 1,022 21,509
Long-term debt (net of discount)............................. -- 142,300
Long-term capital lease obligations.......................... 554 316
------ --------
Total liabilities......................................... 1,576 164,125
Stockholders' equity (net capital deficiency):
Convertible preferred stock ($0.001 par value):
Authorized shares--30,000,000
Issued and outstanding shares--17,750,001 and 18,246,162 at
December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998, respectively...... 18 18
Common stock ($0.001 par value):
Authorized shares--65,000,000
Issued and outstanding shares--17,041,806 and 17,660,995 at
December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998, respectively...... 17 18
Additional paid-in capital................................... 9,686 30,679
Deferred compensation........................................ (611) (4,688)
Retained earnings (deficit).................................. (2,612) (50,733)
------ --------
Total stockholders' equity (net capital deficiency)......... 6,498 (24,706)
------ --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (net capital
deficiency)................................................ $8,074 $139,419
====== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-3
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Amounts in 000's, except share and per share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December
31,
--------------------
1997 1998
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues................................................ $ 26 $ 5,326
Operating expenses:
Network and product costs............................. 54 4,562
Sales, marketing, general and administrative.......... 2,374 31,043
Amortization of deferred compensation................. 295 3,997
Depreciation and amortization......................... 70 3,406
--------- ---------
Total operating expenses............................ 2,793 43,008
--------- ---------
Income (loss) from operations........................... (2,767) (37,682)
Interest income (expense):
Interest income....................................... 167 4,778
Interest expense...................................... (12) (15,217)
--------- ---------
Net interest income (expense)......................... 155 (10,439)
--------- ---------
Net income (loss)....................................... $ (2,612) $ (48,121)
========= =========
Net income (loss) per common share...................... $ (0.53) $ (5.62)
Weighted average shares used in computing net loss per
share.................................................. 4,907,319 8,562,802
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-4
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (NET CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)
(Amounts in 000's, except share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Total
Convertible Stockholders'
Preferred Stock Common Stock Additional Retained Equity (Net
----------------- ------------------ Paid-In Deferred Earnings Capital
Shares Amount Shares Amount Capital Compensation (Deficit) Deficiency)
---------- ------ ---------- ------ ---------- ------------ --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial issuance of
common stock........... -- $-- 18,000,000 $18 $ 32 $ -- $ -- $ 50
Repurchase of common
stock.................. -- -- (3,615,444) (4) (6) -- -- (10)
Issuance of common
stock.................. -- -- 2,657,250 3 65 -- -- 68
Issuance of Series A
Preferred Stock........ 750,000 1 -- -- 249 -- -- 250
Issuance of Series B
Preferred Stock (net of
$43 of financing
costs)................. 17,000,001 17 -- -- 8,440 -- -- 8,457
Deferred compensation... -- -- -- -- 906 (906) -- --
Amortization of deferred
compensation........... -- -- -- -- -- 295 -- 295
Net loss................ -- -- -- -- -- -- (2,612) (2,612)
---------- --- ---------- --- ------- ------- -------- --------
Balance at December 31,
1997................... 17,750,001 18 17,041,806 17 9,686 (611) (2,612) 6,498
Issuance of common
stock.................. -- -- 619,189 1 570 -- -- 571
Issuance of Series B
Preferred Stock........ 100,002 -- -- -- 100 -- -- 100
Issuance of Series C
Preferred Stock........ 396,159 -- -- -- 1,100 -- -- 1,100
Issuance of common stock
warrants as part of
debt offering issuance
costs.................. -- -- -- -- 2,928 -- -- 2,928
Issuance of common stock
warrants pursuant to
debt offering.......... -- -- -- -- 8,221 -- -- 8,221
Deferred compensation... -- -- -- -- 8,074 (8,074) -- --
Amortization of deferred
compensation........... -- -- -- -- -- 3,997 -- 3,997
Net loss................ -- -- -- -- -- -- (48,121) (48,121)
---------- --- ---------- --- ------- ------- -------- --------
Balance at December 31,
1998................... 18,246,162 $18 17,660,995 $18 $30,679 $(4,688) $(50,733) $(24,706)
========== === ========== === ======= ======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-5
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in 000's)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
-------------------------
1997 1998
----------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Operating activities:
Net loss............................................ $ (2,612) $ (48,121)
Reconciliation of net loss to net cash provided by
(used in) operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization..................... 70 3,406
Amortization of deferred compensation............. 295 3,997
Accreted interest and amortization of debt
discount and deferred debt issuance costs........ -- 16,009
Net changes in current assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable............................. (25) (1,908)
Inventories..................................... (43) (903)
Other current assets............................ (373) (1,987)
Accounts payable................................ 651 14,324
Unearned revenue................................ 7 544
Other current liabilities....................... 135 5,585
----------- ------------
Net cash used in operating activities .............. (1,895) (9,054)
Investing activities:
Purchase of restricted cash......................... (210) (15)
Deposits............................................ (31) (306)
Other long-term assets.............................. -- (1,428)
Purchase of property and equipment.................. (2,253) (59,503)
----------- ------------
Net cash used in investing activities .............. (2,494) (61,252)
Financing activities:
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt and
warrants........................................... -- 129,328
Principal payments under capital lease obligations.. (48) (238)
Proceeds from common stock issuance, net of
repurchase......................................... 108 571
Proceeds from preferred stock issuance.............. 8,707 1,200
Offering costs related to common stock offering..... -- (483)
----------- ------------
Net cash provided by financing activities........... 8,767 130,378
----------- ------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents........... 4,378 60,072
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year...... -- 4,378
----------- ------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year............ $ 4,378 $ 64,450
=========== ============
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for interest............ $ 9 $ 99
=========== ============
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and
financing activities:
Equipment purchased through capital leases........ $ 831 $ 34
=========== ============
Warrants issued for equity commitment............. -- $ 2,928
=========== ============
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-6
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Organization and Nature of Operations
Covad Communications Group, Inc (the "Company") is a high-speed Internet
and network access provider offering Digital Subscriber Line ("DSL") services
to Internet Service Provider ("ISP") and enterprise customers. ISPs purchase
the Company's services in order to provide high-speed Internet access to their
business and consumer end-users. Enterprise customers purchase the Company's
services to provide employees with remote access to their Local Area Networks
to improve employee productivity and reduce operating costs. The Company's
services are provided over standard copper telephone lines at considerably
faster speeds than available through a standard modem.
The Company's operations are subject to significant risks and uncertainties
including competitive, financial, developmental, operational, growth and
expansion, technological, regulatory, and other risks associated with an
emerging business.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
A. Basis of Presentation
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results may differ from those estimates.
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts
of all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. There were no intercompany accounts
and transactions which required elimination.
The accompanying statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash
flows for the year ended December 31, 1997 include $50,000 received during
1996 upon issuance of the initial capital stock of the Company and $2,000
expended in 1996 for general and administrative expenses. Due to the
insignificance of balances at December 31, 1996 and activity for the period
from inception through December 31, 1996, financial statements for 1996 have
not been presented.
B. Revenue Recognition
Revenue related to installation of service and sale of customer premise
equipment is recognized when equipment is delivered and installation is
completed. Revenue from monthly recurring service is recognized in the month
the service is provided. Recognized revenue for which the customer has not
been billed is recorded as unbilled revenue until the period such billings are
provided. Amounts billed in advance of providing services are recorded as
unearned revenue until the period such services are provided. For the year
ended December 31, 1998, one customer accounted for approximately 17% of the
Company's revenue. For the year ended December 31, 1998, no other customer
accounted for more than 10% of the Company's revenue.
C. Cash and Cash Equivalents
All highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less from
the date of original issuance are considered to be cash equivalents.
D. Restricted Cash
As of December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998, the Company had $210,000 and
$225,000, respectively, in commercial deposits held in the Company's name but
restricted as security for certain of the Company's capital lease
arrangements.
F-7
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
E. Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market and consist primarily
of customer premise equipment. Costs are based on the first-in first-out
method.
F. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the
straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Leasehold improvements....................... 15 years or life of the lease
Electronic communication equipment........... 2 to 5 years
Furniture and fixtures....................... 3 to 7 years
Computer equipment........................... 3 years
Office equipment............................. 2 to 5 years
Computer software............................ 2 to 7 years
</TABLE>
The Company capitalizes costs associated with the design, deployment and
expansion of the Company's network including internally and externally
developed software. Capitalized external software costs include the actual
costs to purchase software from vendors. Capitalized internal software costs
generally include personnel and related costs incurred in the enhancement and
implementation of purchased software packages. Capitalized internal labor
costs for the years ending December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998 were
$139,000 and $3,063,000, respectively. Capitalized interest cost for the year
ending December 31, 1998 was $900,000.
G. Equipment Under Capital Leases
The Company leases certain of its equipment and other fixed assets under
capital lease agreements. The assets and liabilities under capital leases are
recorded at the lesser of the present value of aggregate future minimum lease
payments, including estimated bargain purchase options, or the fair value of
the assets under lease, whichever is less. Assets under capital lease are
amortized over the lease term or useful life of the assets.
H. Income Taxes
Due to the Company's overall loss position, there is no provision for
income taxes for 1997 or 1998. The reconciliation of income tax computed at
the US federal statutory rate to income tax expense is as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
-----------------------
1997 1998
--------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Federal at 34%, statutory........................ $(757,000) $(16,363,000)
Non deductible interest.......................... -- 911,000
Losses with no current benefit................... 757,000 15,436,000
Other............................................ -- 16,000
--------- ------------
Provision........................................ $ -- $ --
========= ============
</TABLE>
As of December 31, 1998, the Company had federal and state net operating
loss carryforwards of approximately $40,000,000. The net operating loss and
credit carryforwards will expire at various dates beginning in 2005 through
2018, if not utilized.
The utilization of the net operating loss is subject to a substantial
annual limitation due to the "change in ownership" provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions. The annual limitation
F-8
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
may result in the expiration of net operating losses and credits before
utilization. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and
liabilities for federal and state income taxes are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
---------------------
1997 1998
-------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards.................. $820,000 $16,000,000
Depreciation...................................... -- 1,000,000
Other............................................. -- 1,500,000
-------- -----------
Net deferred tax assets........................... 820,000 18,500,000
Valuation allowance................................. (820,000) (18,500,000)
-------- -----------
Net deferred tax assets............................. -- --
======== ===========
</TABLE>
The net valuation allowance increased by $17,680,000 during the year ended
December 31, 1998.
I. Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 107, "Disclosures
About Fair Value of Financial Instruments," as amended by SFAS No. 119,
"Disclosures About Derivative Financial Instruments and Fair Value of Financial
Instruments," requires disclosure of fair value information about financial
instruments whether or not recognized in the balance sheet, for which it is
practicable to estimate that value. In cases where quoted market prices are not
available for identical or comparable financial instruments, fair values are
based on estimates using the present value of estimated cash flows or other
valuation techniques. The resulting fair values can be significantly affected
by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates as to the
amounts and timing of future cash flows.
The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value
for financial instruments:
Cash and cash equivalents. The carrying amount approximates fair value.
Borrowings. The fair values of borrowings, including long-term debt, capital
lease obligations and other obligations, were estimated based on quoted market
prices, where available, or by discounting the future cash flows using
estimated borrowing rates at which similar types of borrowing arrangements with
the same remaining maturities could be obtained by the Company. For all
borrowings outstanding at December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998, fair value
approximates recorded value.
J. Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income or loss applicable
to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of the
Company's common stock ("Common Stock"), after giving consideration to shares
subject to repurchase, outstanding during the period.
Diluted earnings per share is determined in the same manner as basic
earnings per share except that the number of shares is increased assuming
exercise of dilutive stock options and warrants using the treasury stock method
and conversion of the Company's convertible preferred stock ("Preferred
Stock"). In addition, income or loss is adjusted for dividends and other
transactions relating to preferred shares for which conversion is assumed. The
diluted earnings per share amount has not been reported because the Company has
a net loss and the impact of the assumed exercise of the stock options and
warrants and the assumed preferred stock conversion is not dilutive.
F-9
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
Under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, all outstanding Preferred
Stock converted into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis upon the completion
of the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock on January 27, 1999
(see note 9).
The consolidated financial statements applicable to the prior periods have
been restated to reflect a two-for-one stock split effective May 1998, a
three-for-two stock split effective August 1998 and a three-for-two split of
our Common Stock effective May 1999.
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net
income (loss) per share (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ended December 31,
------------------------
1997 1998
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Net income (loss)................................. $ (2,612) $ (48,121)
Basic and diluted:
Weighted average shares of common stock
outstanding.................................... 16,531,903 17,257,960
Less: Weighted average shares subject to
repurchase..................................... 11,624,584 8,695,158
----------- -----------
Weighted average shares used in computing basic
and diluted net income (loss) per share.......... 4,907,319 8,562,802
=========== ===========
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share..... $ (0.53) $ (5.62)
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
K. Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents
and accounts receivable. The Company's cash and investment policies limit
investments to short-term, investment grade instruments. Concentrations of
credit risk with respect to accounts receivable are limited due to the large
number of customers comprising the Company's customer base. In addition, the
Company typically offers its customers credit terms. The Company performs
ongoing credit evaluations of its customers' financial condition and generally
does not require collateral.
L. Key Suppliers
The Company is dependant on limited source suppliers for certain equipment
used to provide its services. The Company has generally been able to obtain an
adequate supply of equipment. In addition, the Company believes that there are
alternative suppliers for the equipment used to provide its service. However,
an extended interruption in the supply of equipment currently obtained from
limited source suppliers could adversely affect the Company's business and
results of operations.
M. Accounts Receivable Allowance:
The Company established a reserve for uncollectible accounts receivable in
the amount of $220,000 at December 31, 1998. No significant charges were made
against this reserve as of December 31, 1998.
N. Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements:
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No.
131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information"
("SFAS 131"), which establishes standards for the way that public business
enterprises report information about operating segments in quarterly and
annual financial statements. SFAS 131 changes segment reporting from an
industry segment basis to an operating segment basis defined based on how the
business is managed. The Company operates in only one segment, high-speed
digital communications services, and hence, separate segment reporting is not
applicable.
F-10
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
2. Debt
On March 11, 1998, the Company completed a private placement (the "1998
Private Offering") through the issuance of 260,000 units (the "Units"), each
unit consisting of $1,000 in principal amount at maturity of 13 1/2% Senior
Discount Notes due 2008 (the "Notes") and one warrant, initially exercisable
to purchase 29.1564 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value, of the Company
(the "Unit Warrants"). Net proceeds from the 1998 Private Offering were
approximately $129.3 million, after transaction costs of approximately $5.8
million.
The principal amount of the Notes will accrete from the date of issuance at
the rate of 13 1/2% per annum through March 15, 2003, compounded semi-
annually, and thereafter bear interest at the rate of 13 1/2% per annum,
payable semi-annually, in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year,
commencing on September 15, 2003. The Notes are unsecured senior obligations
of the Company that will mature on March 15, 2008. The Notes will be
redeemable at the option of the Company at any time after March 15, 2003 plus
accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the redemption date.
The Notes were originally recorded at approximately $126.9 million, which
represents the $135.1 million in gross proceeds less the approximate $8.2
million value assigned to the Unit Warrants, which is included in additional
paid-in capital. The value assigned to the Unit Warrants, representing debt
discount, is being amortized over the life of the Notes. Debt issuance costs
were incurred through the issuance of additional warrants associated with the
commitment of equity by certain investors. The debt issuance costs are also
being amortized over the life of the Notes. For the year ended December 31,
1998, the accretion of the Notes and the amortization of debt discount and
debt issuance costs was $16 million, of which $15.1 million is included in
interest expense and $900,000 is capitalized in property, plant and equipment.
The Unit Warrants have ten year terms, have exercise prices of $0.0022 per
share (subject to adjustment in certain events), contain net exercise
provisions and are currently exercisable.
3. Capital Leases
The Company has entered into capital lease arrangements to finance the
acquisition of certain operating assets, two of which have bargain purchase
options. The principal value of these leases totaled $831,000 and $865,000 as
of December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998, respectively, and was equivalent
to the fair value of the assets leased.
Future minimum lease payments under capital leases are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ending December 31,
------------------------
<S> <C>
1999............................................................ 335,000
2000............................................................ 294,000
2001............................................................ 44,000
2002............................................................ 4,000
2003............................................................ --
Thereafter...................................................... --
--------
677,000
Less amount representing interest............................... (98,000)
Less current portion............................................ (263,000)
--------
Total long-term portion......................................... $316,000
========
</TABLE>
F-11
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
Accumulated amortization for equipment under capital leases is reflected in
accumulated depreciation and amortization for property and equipment.
4. Operating Leases
The Company leases vehicles, equipment, and office space under various
operating leases. Future minimum lease payments by year under operating leases
are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Year Ending December 31,
------------------------
<S> <C>
1999........................................................... 2,656,000
2000........................................................... 2,105,000
2001........................................................... 2,159,000
2002........................................................... 1,436,000
2003........................................................... 506,000
Thereafter..................................................... 351,000
----------
Total........................................................ $9,213,000
==========
</TABLE>
Rental expense on operating leases totaled $131,000 and $1,507,000 for the
year ended December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998, respectively.
5. Stockholders' Equity
Covad Communications Group, Inc.
Common Stock:
The number of shares of Common Stock authorized for issuance by the Company
is 65,000,000 shares with a par value of $.001 per share. Shares of Common
Stock outstanding at December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998, were 17,041,806
and 17,660,995 shares, respectively, of which 10,549,660 and 7,159,624 shares,
respectively, remain subject to repurchase provisions which generally lapse
over a four year period from the date of issuance.
Common Stock reserved for future issuance as of December 31, 1998 is as
follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Convertible preferred stock..................................... 27,369,243
Outstanding and reserved options................................ 22,960,264
Outstanding warrants............................................ 10,483,146
----------
Total........................................................ 60,812,653
==========
</TABLE>
F-12
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
Convertible Preferred Stock:
Convertible preferred stock consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31,
--------------
1997 1998
------ ------
<S> <C> <C>
Authorized shares--30,000,000
Series A preferred stock ($0.001 par value):
Authorized shares--750,000
Issued and outstanding shares--750,000 at December 31, 1997
and December 31, 1998..................................... $ 1 $ 1
Series B preferred stock ($0.001 par value):
Authorized shares--17,100,003
Issued and outstanding shares--17,000,001 at December 31,
1997 and 17,100,003 at December 31, 1998.................. 17 17
Series C preferred stock ($0.001 par value):
Authorized shares--11,149,287
Issued and outstanding shares--None at December 31, 1997
and 396,159 at December 31, 1998.......................... -- --
------ ------
$18 $18
====== ======
</TABLE>
In January 1999, all of the outstanding convertible Preferred Stock
converted into Common Stock (see Note 9).
Equity Commitment
On February 20, 1998, the Company entered into a Series C Preferred Stock
and Warrant Subscription Agreement (the "Subscription Agreement") with certain
of its investors (the "Series C Investors") pursuant to which the Series C
Investors have unconditionally agreed to purchase an aggregate of 5,764,143
shares of Series C Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase an aggregate of
4,729,500 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (the "Series C Warrants") for an
aggregate purchase price of $16.0 million at a date to be determined by the
Company but no later than March 11, 1999. The Company either has agreed to
call the Equity Commitment or to complete an alternate equity financing of at
least $16.0 million by March 11, 1999. In consideration of this commitment,
the Company has issued to the Series C Investors warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 2,541,222 shares of the Company's Common Stock at a purchase
price of $0.0022 per share (the "Common Warrants"). In January 1999, the
Company completed an alternative equity financing and, as a result, the Equity
Commitment will not be called (see Note 9).
On April 24, 1998, the Subscription Agreement was amended pursuant to an
Assignment and Assumption Agreement between the Company, the Series C
Investors, and a director of the Company whereby the Series C Investors
assigned to the director of the Company their obligation to purchase 36,015
shares of Series C Preferred Stock and 29,559 Series C Warrants for an
aggregate purchase price of $100,000. On the same date, the director purchased
36,015 shares of Series C Preferred Stock. As a result of this amendment, the
aggregate obligation of the Series C Investors to purchase Series C Preferred
Stock and Series C Warrants was reduced from 5,764,143 shares to 5,728,128
shares, and from 4,729,500 shares to 4,699,941 shares, respectively, for an
aggregate purchase price of $15.9 million, reduced from $16.0 million.
The Stock Purchase
On March 11, 1998, an investor in the Company purchased 360,144 shares of
Series C Preferred Stock and Series C Warrants to purchase an aggregate of
295,500 shares of Series C Preferred Stock for an aggregate
F-13
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
purchase price of $1.0 million; provided, that the Company does not have any
obligation to issue such Series C Warrants to this investor until such time as
the Equity Commitment is called. In connection with its agreement to purchase
such Series C Preferred Stock and Series C Warrants, the Company issued to
this investor Common Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 158,778 shares of
Common Stock at a purchase price of $0.0022 per share.
Preferred Stock Dividends
The holders of Series A, Series B and Series C were entitled to receive in
any fiscal year, dividends at the rate of $0.0167 per share, $0.04 per share
and $0.2233 per share, respectively, payable in preference and priority to any
payment of dividends on Common Stock. The rights to such dividends were
cumulative and accrue to the holders to the extent they were not declared or
paid were payable, in cash or Common Stock, only in the event of a
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or other liquidity
event (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation). The cumulative
dividends at December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998 for Preferred Stock were
$318,250 and $1,084,740, respectively, none of which has been declared or
paid.
6. Stock Options
In 1997, the Company adopted the Covad Communications Group, Inc. 1997
Stock Plan (the "Plan"). The Plan provides for the grant of stock purchase
rights and options to purchase shares of Common Stock to employees and
consultants from time to time as determined by the Board of Directors. The
options expire from two to eight years after the date of grant. As of December
31, 1998 the Plan has reserved 23,280,513 shares of the Company's Common Stock
for sale and issuance under the Plan at prices to be determined by the Board
of Directors.
The following is a summary of the status of stock options outstanding at
December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
------------------------ ------------------------
Weighted- Weighted- Weighted-
Exercise Price Number of Average Life Average Number of Average
Range Shares Remaining Exercise Price Shares Exercise Price
-------------- --------- ------------ -------------- --------- --------------
<C> <S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$0.022--$0.445.. 9,754,542 6.4 years $0.1783 2,663,751 $0.1115
$0.667--$1.085.. 4,173,748 7.5 years $0.7692 70,305 $1.0847
$3.83........... 2,158,203 7.6 years $3.8333 6,558 $3.8333
$4.92 --$5.29... 1,967,941 7.7 years $5.1827 12,099 $5.1155
$5.44........... 293,250 7.9 years $5.4400 750 $5.4400
</TABLE>
The following table summarizes stock option activity for the year ended
December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Number of Shares Option Price
of Common Stock Per Share
---------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C>
Balance as of December 31, 1996........... -- N/A
Granted................................... 5,765,625 $0.022--$0.033
Exercised................................. (9,000) $0.022
Forfeited................................. (49,500) $0.022--$0.033
---------- --------------
Balance as of December 31, 1997........... 5,707,125 $0.022--$0.033
Granted................................... 14,038,467 $0.067--$5.44
Exercised................................. (311,248) $0.022--$0.445
Forfeited................................. (1,086,658) $0.022--$5.29
---------- --------------
Balance as of December 31, 1998........... 18,347,686 $0.022--$5.44
========== ==============
</TABLE>
F-14
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
The Company has elected to follow Accounting Principles Board Opinion No.
25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," ("APB 25") and related
interpretations in accounting for its employee stock options and the
disclosure only provisions of SFAS No. 123, "Accounting and Disclosure of
Stock-Based Compensation," ("SFAS 123"). Under APB 25, compensation expense is
recognized based on the amount by which the fair value of the underlying
common stock exceeds the exercise price of stock options at the date of grant.
During the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company recorded deferred
compensation of $906,000 as a result of granting stock options and issuing
restricted stock with exercise or issue prices per share below the revised
fair value per share of the Company's common stock at the date of grant or
issuance. This amount was recorded as a reduction of stockholders' equity and
is being amortized as a charge to operations over the vesting period of the
applicable options. Such amortization was $295,000 for the year ended
December 31, 1997. During the year ended December 31, 1998, the Company
recorded additional deferred compensation of approximately $8.1 million.
Amortization of deferred compensation during this same period was
approximately $4.0 million.
Stock-Based Compensation
Pro forma information regarding results of operations and loss per share is
required by SFAS 123 as if the Company had accounted for its stock-based
awards under the fair value method of SFAS 123. The fair value of the
Company's stock-based awards to employees has been estimated using the minimum
value option pricing model which does not consider stock price volatility.
Because the Company does not have actively traded equity securities,
volatility is not considered in determining the fair value of stock-based
awards to employees.
For the year ended December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998, the fair value
of the Company's stock-based awards to employees was estimated using the
following weighted average assumptions:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
1997 1998
---- ----
<S> <C> <C>
Expected life of options in years.............................. 4.0 4.0
Risk-free interest rate........................................ 7.0% 7.0%
Expected dividend yield........................................ 0.00% 0.00%
</TABLE>
The weighted average fair value of stock options granted during the year
ended December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998 was $0.17 and $1.37 per share,
respectively. For pro forma purposes, the estimated fair value of the
Company's stock-based awards to employees is amortized over the options'
vesting period which would result in an increase in net loss of approximately
$12,000 and $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 and 1998,
respectively. The result of applying SFAS 123 to the Company's option grants
was not material to the results of operations or loss per share for the year
ended December 31, 1997 and would have increased the net loss per share by
$0.20 per share for the year ended December 31, 1998.
7. Related Party Transactions
The Company purchases equipment from a supplier which is partially owned by
an investor in the Company. Purchases from this supplier totaled $85,000 and
$5.8 million for the years ending December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998,
respectively.
8. Legal Proceedings
The Company is engaged in a variety of negotiations, arbitrations and
regulatory and court proceedings with incumbent local exchange carriers
("ILECs"). These negotiations, arbitrations and proceedings concern the ILECs'
denial of physical collocation space to the Company in certain central
offices, the cost and delivery of
F-15
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
collocation spaces, the delivery of transmission facilities and telephone
lines, billing issues and other operational issues. None of these actions
involve a potential liability for the Company. However, failure to resolve any
of these matters without undue delay or expense could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, prospects, operating results and financial
condition. The Company is not currently engaged in any other legal proceedings
that it believes could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, prospects, operating results and financial condition. The Company
is, however, subject to state commission, FCC and court decisions as they
relate to the interpretation and implementation of the Telecommunications Act
of 1996, the interpretation of competitive local exchange carrier
interconnection agreements in general and the Company's interconnection
agreements in particular. In some cases, the Company may be deemed to be bound
by the results of ongoing proceedings of these bodies or the legal outcomes of
other contested interconnection agreements that are similar to the Company's
agreements. The results of any of these proceedings could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, prospects, operating results and
financial condition.
9. Subsequent Events
In January 1999, the Company entered into strategic relationships with AT&T
Corp. ("AT&T"), NEXTLINK Communications, Inc. ("NEXTLINK") and Qwest
Communications Corporation ("QCC"). As part of these strategic relationships,
the Company received equity investments of $25 million from AT&T's venture
capital arm and two affiliated funds, $20 million from NEXTLINK and $15
million from QCC's wholly owned subsidiary, U.S. Telesource, Inc. (as used
herein, "Qwest" refers to QCC or its subsidiary, as applicable). The Company
intends to record intangible assets of $28.7 million associated with these
transactions. Furthermore, AT&T, NEXTLINK and Qwest each entered into
commercial agreements with the Company providing for the purchase, marketing
and resale of the Company's services, the purchase by the Company of fiber
optic transport bandwidth, and collocation of network equipment. In addition,
the equity investments by AT&T, NEXTLINK and Qwest satisfied the conditions of
an alternate equity financing and thus the Equity Commitment will not be
called.
On January 27, 1999, the Company completed the Initial Public Offering
("IPO") of 13,455,000 split-adjusted shares of Common Stock at a split-
adjusted initial public offering price of $12.00 per share. Net proceeds to
the Company from the IPO were $150.2 million after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the
Company. As a result of the IPO, all shares of Preferred Stock, including
shares issued in the above-mentioned strategic transactions, were converted
into Common Stock, all cumulative but unpaid dividends on Series A and Series
B were paid in Common Stock and the Common Warrants were exercised.
On February 11, 1999 the Company issued 12 1/2% Senior Notes due February
15, 2009 through a private placement. Interest is due and payable in cash on
February 15 and August 15 of each year, beginning on August 15, 1999. Net
proceeds to the Company were approximately $205.1 million after discounts,
commissions and other transaction costs of approximately $9.9 million.
Approximately $74.1 million of the net proceeds will be used to purchase
pledged securities representing sufficient funds to pay the first six
scheduled interest payments on the notes.
F-16
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Amounts in 000's, except share and per share amounts)
(unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
March 31,
1999
---------
<S> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents............................................ $341,803
Accounts receivable, net ............................................ 3,629
Unbilled revenue..................................................... 1,642
Inventories.......................................................... 3,316
Prepaid expenses..................................................... 3,424
Other current assets................................................. 985
--------
Total current assets.............................................. 354,799
Property and equipment:
Networks and communication equipment................................. 95,785
Computer equipment................................................... 6,508
Furniture and fixtures............................................... 1,266
Leasehold improvements............................................... 1,864
--------
105,423
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization....................... (6,227)
--------
Net property and equipment........................................ 99,196
Other assets:
Restricted investments............................................... 74,740
Deposits............................................................. 348
Deferred debt issuance costs (net)................................... 13,307
Deferred charge (net)................................................ 26,805
Other long term assets............................................... 8,043
--------
Total other assets................................................ 123,243
--------
Total assets...................................................... $577,238
========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable..................................................... $ 18,240
Unearned revenue..................................................... 1,079
Accrued network costs................................................ 1,972
Other accrued liabilities............................................ 10,114
Current portion of capital lease obligations......................... 273
--------
Total current liabilities......................................... 31,678
Long-term debt (net of discount)..................................... 357,950
Long-term capital lease obligations.................................. 241
--------
Total liabilities................................................. 389,869
Stockholders' equity:
Preferred stock ($0.001 par value):
Authorized shares--5,000,000
Issued and outstanding shares--none................................. --
Common stock ($0.001 par value):
Authorized shares--190,000,000
Issued and outstanding shares--63,427,407........................... 63
Common stock--Class B ($0.001 par value):
Authorized shares--10,000,000
Issued and outstanding shares--6,379,177............................ 6
Additional paid-in capital........................................... 270,672
Deferred compensation................................................ (3,735)
Retained earnings (deficit).......................................... (79,637)
--------
Total stockholders' equity........................................ 187,369
--------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity........................ $577,238
========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-17
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Amounts in 000's, except share and per share amounts)
(unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
March 31,
---------------------
1998 1999
--------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Revenues............................................... $ 186 $ 5,596
Operating expenses:
Network and product costs............................ 203 4,960
Sales, marketing, general and administrative......... 1,944 18,113
Amortization of deferred compensation................ 227 1,653
Depreciation and amortization........................ 164 4,647
--------- ----------
Total operating expenses........................... 2,538 29,373
--------- ----------
Income (loss) from operations.......................... (2,352) (23,777)
Interest income (expense):
Interest income...................................... 435 3,509
Interest expense..................................... (864) (8,636)
--------- ----------
Net interest income (expense)........................ (429) (5,127)
--------- ----------
Net income (loss)...................................... $ (2,781) $ (28,904)
========= ==========
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share... $ (0.39) $ (0.56)
Weighted average shares used in computing basic and
diluted net income (loss) per common share............ 7,118,160 53,621,977
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-18
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (NET CAPITAL DEFICIENCY)
(Amounts in 000's, except share amounts)
(unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Convertible
Preferred Stock Common Stock
------------------- -----------------
Total
Stockholders'
Additional Retained Equity (Net
Paid-In Deferred Earnings Capital
Shares Amount Shares Amount Capital Compensation (Deficit) Deficiency)
----------- ------ ---------- ------ ---------- ------------ --------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at December 31,
1998................... 18,246,162 $ 18 17,660,995 $18 $ 30,679 $(4,688) $(50,733) $(24,706)
Issuance of common stock
(net of $11,246 of
financing costs)....... -- -- 15,608,485 15 150,682 -- -- 150,697
Issuance of series C1
and D1 preferred
stock.................. 6,379,177 6 -- -- 59,994 -- -- 60,000
Deferred charge related
to issuance of series
C1 and D1 preferred
stock.................. -- -- -- -- 28,700 -- -- 28,700
Issuance of common stock
upon exercise of common
warrants............... -- -- 2,699,626 3 3 -- -- 6
Conversion of series A,
series B, and series C
preferred stock........ (18,246,162) (18) 27,369,243 27 (9) -- -- --
Conversion of series C1
and D1 preferred
stock.................. (6,379,177) (6) 6,379,177 6 -- -- -- --
Preferred dividend...... -- -- 89,058 -- (77) -- -- (77)
Deferred compensation... -- -- -- -- 700 (700) -- --
Amortization of deferred
compensation........... -- -- -- -- -- 1,653 -- 1,653
Net loss................ -- -- -- -- -- -- (28,904) (28,904)
----------- ---- ---------- --- -------- ------- -------- --------
Balance at March 31,
1999................... -- $ -- 69,806,584 $69 $270,672 $(3,735) $(79,637) $187,369
=========== ==== ========== === ======== ======= ======== ========
</TABLE>
F-19
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in 000's)
(unaudited)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
March 31,
-------------------
1998 1999
-------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities...... $ 521 $ (15,254)
Investing activities:
Purchase of restricted investments....................... -- (74,103)
Deposits................................................. -- (11)
Other long-term assets................................... -- (6,132)
Purchase of property and equipment....................... (3,802) (42,802)
-------- ---------
Net cash used in investing activities ................... (3,802) (123,048)
Financing activities:
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt and
warrants................................................ 129,622 --
Net proceeds from issuance of long-term debt............. -- 205,094
Principal payments under capital lease obligations....... (61) (65)
Proceeds from common stock issuance, net of offering
costs................................................... -- 150,703
Proceeds from preferred stock issuance................... 1,100 60,000
Preferred dividends...................................... -- (77)
-------- ---------
Net cash provided by financing activities................ 130,661 415,655
-------- ---------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents................ 127,380 277,353
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period......... 4,378 64,450
-------- ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period............... $131,758 $ 341,803
======== =========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for interest............... $ 24 $ 31
======== =========
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing
activities:
Warrants issued for equity commitment.................. $ 2,928 $ --
======== =========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
F-20
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Unaudited)
1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
A. Basis of Presentation
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements.
Actual results may differ from those estimates.
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts
of all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries. There were no intercompany accounts
and transactions which required elimination.
The financial statements as of March 31, 1999 and for the three month
periods ended March 31, 1998 and 1999 are unaudited, but include all
adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) that the Company
considers necessary for a fair presentation of financial position and
operating results. Operating results for the three month periods ended March
31, 1998 and 1999 are not necessarily indicative of results that may be
expected for any future periods.
These interim consolidated financial statements should be read in
conjunction with the Company's audited consolidated financial statements and
notes thereto included elsewhere herein.
B. Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income or loss applicable
to common shareholders by the weighted average number of shares of the
Company's common stock ("Common Stock"), after giving consideration to shares
subject to repurchase, outstanding during the period.
Diluted earnings per share is determined in the same manner as basic
earnings per share except that the number of shares is increased assuming
exercise of dilutive stock options and warrants using the treasury stock
method and conversion of the Company's convertible preferred stock ("Preferred
Stock"). In addition, income or loss is adjusted for dividends and other
transactions relating to preferred shares for which conversion is assumed. The
diluted earnings per share amount has not been reported because the Company
has a net loss and the impact of the assumed exercise of the stock options and
warrants and the assumed preferred stock conversion is not dilutive.
Under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation, all outstanding Preferred
Stock converted into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis upon the completion
of the Company's initial public offering of Common Stock in January 1999 (see
note 3).
The consolidated financial statements applicable to the prior periods have
been restated to reflect a two-for-one stock split effective May 1998, a
three-for-two stock split effective August 1998, and a three-for-two Common
Stock split effective May 1999.
F-21
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net
income (loss) per share (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Three Months Ended
March 31,
------------------------
1998 1999
----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C>
Net loss............................................. $ (2,781) $ (28,904)
Preferred dividends................................ -- (1,146)
----------- -----------
Net loss available to common stockholders............ $ (2,781) $ (30,050)
Basic and diluted:
Weighted average shares of common stock
outstanding....................................... 17,045,556 60,179,685
Less: Weighted average shares subject to
repurchase........................................ 9,927,396 6,557,708
----------- -----------
Weighted average shares used in computing basic and
diluted
net income (loss) per share......................... 7,118,160 53,621,977
=========== ===========
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per share........ $ (0.39) $ (0.56)
=========== ===========
</TABLE>
2. Debt
On February 18, 1999, the Company completed a private placement (the "1999
Notes") of $215 million aggregate principal amount of our 12 1/2% senior notes
due 2009. Net proceeds from the 1999 Notes were approximately $205.1 million,
after discounts, commissions and other transaction costs of approximately
$9.9 million.
The 1999 Notes will bear interest at a fixed annual rate of 12 1/2%, to be
paid in cash every six months on February 15 and August 15, beginning August
15, 1999. Approximately $74.1 million of the net proceeds was used to purchase
government securities representing sufficient funds to pay the first six
scheduled interest payments on the 1999 Notes. This reserve, along with earned
interest, is recorded as restricted investments on the accompanying balance
sheet.
The 1999 Notes are unsecured senior obligations of the Company that will
mature on February 15, 2009. After Februrary 15, 2004, the Company may redeem
all or a part of these 1999 Notes upon not less than 30 days nor more than 60
days' notice, at stated redemption prices (expressed as percentages of
principal amount) which decline to 100% after February 15, 2007, plus accrued
and unpaid interest thereon.
The 1999 Notes were originally recorded at approximately $210.5 million,
which represents the $215.0 million in gross proceeds less the discount of
approximately $4.5 million. This discount is being amortized over the life of
the 1999 Notes. Debt issuance costs of approximately $5.5 million were
incurred and are also being amortized over the life of the 1999 Notes. For the
three months ended March 31, 1999, the amortization of debt discount and debt
issuance costs was $56,000 and $68,000, respectively.
F-22
<PAGE>
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)
3. Stockholders' Equity
Covad Communications Group, Inc.
Strategic Investment:
In January 1999, the Company entered into strategic relationships with AT&T
Corp. ("AT&T"), NEXTLINK Communications, Inc. ("NEXTLINK") and Qwest
Communications Corporation ("QCC"). As part of these strategic relationships,
the Company received equity investments of $25 million from AT&T's venture
capital arm and two affiliated funds, $20 million from NEXTLINK and $15
million from QCC's wholly owned subsidiary, U.S. Telesource, Inc. (as used
herein, "Qwest" refers to QCC or its subsidiary, as applicable). AT&T,
NEXTLINK and Qwest each received shares of Preferred Stock which was converted
into Class B Common Stock upon the Company's initial public offering ("IPO").
The Company recorded intangible assets of $28.7 million associated with these
transactions which will be amortized over periods of three to six years.
Furthermore, AT&T, NEXTLINK and Qwest each entered into commercial agreements
with the Company providing for the purchase, marketing and resale of the
Company's services, the purchase by the Company of fiber optic transport
bandwidth, and collocation of network equipment.
Initial Public Offering:
On January 27, 1999, the Company completed the IPO of 13,455,000 split-
adjusted shares of the Company's Common Stock at a split-adjusted price of
$12.00 per share. Net proceeds to the Company from the IPO were $150.2 million
after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by the Company. As a result of the IPO, 27,369,243 split-
adjusted shares of Common Stock and 6,379,177 shares of Class B Common Stock
(which are convertible into 9,568,765 split-adjusted shares of Common Stock)
were issued upon the conversion of Preferred Stock, 89,058 split-adjusted
shares of Common Stock were issued for cumulative but unpaid dividends on
series A and series B Preferred Stock and 2,699,626 split-adjusted shares of
Common Stock were issued upon the exercise of common warrants.
4. Subsequent Events
On April 22, 1999, the Company completed an offer to exchange all
outstanding 12 1/2% Senior Notes due February 15, 2009 for 12 1/2% Senior
Notes due February 15, 2009, which have been registered under the Securities
Act of 1933. The consolidated financial statements applicable to the prior
period have been restated to reflect a three-for-two stock split effective in
May 1999 for Common Stock.
F-23
<PAGE>
APPENDIX
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
Access Line--A circuit that connects a telephone end-user to the
traditional telephone company central office.
Analog Modem--A telecommunications device that allows the communication of
digital information over analog telephone lines and through the public
switched telephone network by translating such information in a way that
simulates and uses only the bandwidth of normal voice transmissions.
Asynchronous Transfer Mode --A standard packet-switching protocol that
segments digital information into 53-byte cells (each cell has a 5-byte
standard packet-switching header and 48 bytes of data) that are switched very
quickly throughout a network over virtual circuits. Asynchronous transfer mode
is able to accommodate multiple types of media (voice, video, data).
Bandwidth--Refers to the maximum amount of data that can be transferred
through a computer's backplane or communication channel in a given time. It is
usually measured in Hertz for analog communications and bits per second for
digital communication.
Central Office--Facility of the traditional telephone companies where end-
user lines are joined to switching equipment.
Competitive Local Exchange Carrier or Competitive Telecommunications
Company --Category of telephone service provider (carrier) that offers
services similar to those of the traditional telephone company, as allowed by
recent changes in telecommunications law and regulation. A competitive
telecommunications company may also provide other types of services such as
long distance, Internet access and entertainment.
Competitive Telecommunications Company Certification--Granted by a state
public service commission or public utility commission, this certification
provides a telecommunications services provider with the legal standing to
offer telecommunications services in direct competition with the traditional
telephone company and other competitive telecommunications companies. Such
certifications are granted on a state-by-state basis.
Communications Act of 1934--The federal legislation governing broadcast and
non-broadcast communications, including both wireless and wired telephone
service, and which established the FCC.
Digital Service 3 (DS-3)--In the digital hierarchy, this signaling standard
defines a transmission speed of 44.736 megabits per second, equivalent to 28
T1 channels; this term is often used interchangeably with T3.
DSL--Digital Subscriber Line.
FCC (Federal Communications Commission)--The U.S. government agency charged
with the oversight of communications originating in the U.S. and crossing
state lines.
Facilities-Based Provider--A telecommunications provider that delivers its
services to the end-user via owned equipment and leased (or owned) transport
in contrast to a reseller of a traditional telephone company's services.
Frame Relay--A high-speed packet-switched data communications protocol.
G.lite--A specification to define a standard for a mass market version of
asymmetric DSL which is interoperable with full rate asymmetric DSL but is not
as fast. The specification is intended to reduce the installation complexity
and cost of a consumer DSL solution.
A-1
<PAGE>
Hybrid Fiber Coax--A combination of fiber optic and coaxial cable, which
has become the primary architecture utilized by cable operators in recent and
ongoing upgrades of their systems. A hybrid fiber coax architecture generally
utilizes fiber optic wire between the head end and the nodes and coaxial wire
from nodes to individual end-users.
Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier or Traditional Telephone Company --The
local exchange carrier that was the monopoly carrier in a region, prior to the
opening of local exchange services to competition.
Interconnection (Co-Carrier) Agreement--A contract between a traditional
telephone company and a competitive telecommunications company for the
interconnection of the two networks and competitive telecommunications company
access to traditional telephone company unbundled network elements. These
agreements set out the financial and operational aspects of such
interconnection and access.
Internet Service Provider--A vendor that provides subscribers access to the
Internet.
ISDN (Integrated Services Digital Network)--Integrated services digital
network provides standard interfaces for digital communication networks and is
capable of carrying data, voice, and video over digital circuits. integrated
services digital network protocols are used worldwide for connections to
public integrated services digital network networks or to attach integrated
services digital network devices to ISDN-capable PBX systems (ISPBXs).
Developed by the International Telecommunications Union, integrated services
digital network includes two user-to-network interfaces: basic rate interface
(BRI) and primary rate interface (PRI). An integrated services digital network
interface contains one signaling channel (D-channel) and a number of
information channels ("bearer" or B channels). The D-channel is used for call
setup, control, and call clearing on the B-channels. It also transports
feature information while calls are in progress. The B-channels carry the
voice, data, or video information.
IXC (Interexchange Carrier)--Facilities-based long distance/interLATA
carriers (e.g., AT&T, MCI WorldCom and Sprint), who also provide intraLATA
toll service and may operate as a competitive telecommunications company.
Kbps (Kilobits per second)--One thousand bits per second.
LATA (Local Access and Transport Area)--A geographic area inside of which a
local telephone company can offer switched telecommunications services,
including long distance (known as toll). There are 196 LATAs in the U.S.
Mbps (Megabits Per Second)--One million bits per second.
RBOCs (Regional Bell Operating Companies)--Traditional telephone companies
created by AT&T's divestiture of its local exchange business. The remaining
RBOCs include BellSouth, Bell Atlantic Corporation, Ameritech Corporation, U S
WEST Communications, Inc. and SBC Communications, Inc.
T1--This is a Bell system term for a digital transmission link with a
capacity of 1.544 megabits per second.
Unbundled Network Elements--The various portions of a traditional telephone
company's network that a competitive telecommunications company can lease for
purposes of building a facilities-based competitive network, including copper
lines, central office space, inter-office transport, operational support
systems, local switching and rights of way.
A-2
<PAGE>
[INSIDE BACK COVER]
[TELESPEED/TELESURFER SERVICE GRAPHIC]
First Header: The TeleSpeed(R)/TeleSurfer(SM) Service
Second Header: Covad Regional Network.
Description: Graphic illustration of Covad's Network Operations Center
connected by lines representing the Company's DSL subscriber lines to graph
illustrations of two homes, a business, a corporation and an internet service
provider. The graphic illustration of the internet service provider by a
shaded area imprinted with "www" representing the Internet.
Caption: Advantages: FAST--Enables high-speed downloading of Web pages and
files. ALWAYS ON--No dial-up process required. SECURE--A dedicated connection
to the home or business.
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have
not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information.
This prospectus is not an offer to sell nor is it seeking an offer to buy
shares of our common stock in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is correct only as of
the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of the delivery of this
prospectus or any sale of our common stock.
------------------
TABLE OF CONTENTS
------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C>
Prospectus Summary....................................................... 1
Risk Factors............................................................. 5
Use of Proceeds.......................................................... 20
Dividend Policy.......................................................... 20
Price Range of our Common Stock.......................................... 20
Capitalization........................................................... 21
Dilution................................................................. 22
Selected Consolidated Financial Data..................................... 23
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
of Operations........................................................... 25
Business................................................................. 34
Management............................................................... 53
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions........................... 62
Principal and Selling Stockholders....................................... 66
Description of Capital Stock............................................. 69
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......................................... 72
Underwriting............................................................. 74
Where You Can Find More Information...................................... 76
Legal Matters............................................................ 76
Experts.................................................................. 76
Index to Financial Statements............................................ F-1
Glossary................................................................. A-1
</TABLE>
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7,500,000 Shares
[LOGO OF COVAD]
Covad Communications
Group, Inc.
Common Stock
-------------
PROSPECTUS
-------------
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
---------------
BT Alex. Brown
Credit Suisse First Boston
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
Wit Capital Corporation
, 1999
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the various expenses in connection with the
sale and distribution of the securities being registered, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions. All of the amounts shown are estimated
except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the NASD
filing fee.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SEC registration fee............................................... $129,527
NASD filing fee.................................................... 30,500
Blue sky fees and expenses......................................... 5,000
Printing........................................................... 175,000
Legal fees and expenses............................................ 250,000
Accounting fees and expenses....................................... 60,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees.................................. 10,000
Miscellaneous...................................................... 19,973
--------
Total............................................................ $680,000
========
</TABLE>
We will bear all of the foregoing fees and expenses.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Article X of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides
for the indemnification of our directors to the fullest extent permissible
under Delaware law.
Article VI of our Bylaws provides for the indemnification of our officers,
directors, employees and agents if such person acted in good faith and in a
manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed to the best interest of
our company, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding the
indemnified party had no reason to believe his conduct was unlawful.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits us to include
in our charter documents, and in agreements between us and our directors and
officers, provisions expanding the scope of indemnification beyond that
specifically provided by the current law.
We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and
executive officers, and we intend to enter into indemnification agreements
with any new directors and executive officers in the future.
We maintain liability insurance coverage for all of our directors and
officers.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Since our incorporation in October 1996, we have issued and sold
unregistered securities as follows:
(1) An aggregate of 18,216,000 shares of common stock was issued in a
private placement in November 1996 to Messrs. McMinn, Khanna, Haas,
Davidson and Lynch pursuant to Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements. The
consideration received for such shares was $50,600. We repurchased
3,615,444 shares of common stock issued to Mr. Davidson in July 1997. See
"Certain Transactions."
II-1
<PAGE>
(2) An aggregate of 1,687,500 shares of common stock was issued in a
private placement in July 1997 to Mr. Cardinale pursuant to a Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement. The consideration received for such shares was
$37,500.
(3) An aggregate of 750,000 shares of series A preferred stock was
issued in a private placement in June 1997 to Messrs. McMinn, Khanna, Haas
and Lynch. The aggregate consideration received for such shares was
$249,975.
(4) An aggregate of 17,000,001 shares of series B preferred stock was
issued in a private placement in July 1997 to Warburg, Crosspoint and
Intel. The aggregate consideration received for such shares was
$8,500,000.50, a portion of which was paid by cancellation of a $500,000
demand note issued to Warburg in June 1997.
(5) An aggregate of 517,500 shares of common stock was issued in a
private placement in August 1997 to Mr. Laehy pursuant to a Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement. The consideration received for such shares was
$17,250.
(6) An aggregate of 216,000 shares of common stock was issued in a
private placement in October 1997 to Mr. Marshall pursuant to a Restricted
Stock Purchase Agreement. The consideration received for such shares was
$7,200.
(7) An aggregate of 1,125 shares of common stock was issued in a private
placement in December 1997 to one investor pursuant to an Assignment,
Transfer and Sale Agreement and a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement. The
consideration for such shares was receipt of a mark and domain name.
(8) An aggregate of 100,002 shares of series B preferred stock was
issued in a private placement in February 1998 to Mr. Marshall. The
consideration received for such shares was $100,002.
(9) Warrants for the purchase of an aggregate of 2,700,000 shares of
common stock with an exercise price of $0.0022 per share were issued in
February 1998 to Warburg, Crosspoint and Intel in connection with a series
C preferred stock and Warrant Subscription Agreement.
(10) An aggregate of 360,144 shares of series C preferred stock was
issued in a private placement in March 1998 to Intel. The consideration
received for such shares was $999,999.84.
(11) In March 1998, we issued 260,000 units consisting of 13 1/2% senior
discount notes due 2008 and warrants to purchase 7,580,646 shares of common
stock with exercise prices of $0.0022 per share to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
and BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, as initial purchasers, for resale to
qualified institutional buyers. Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and BT Alex. Brown
Incorporated received commissions of $4,728,542 for acting as initial
purchasers in connection with this transaction.
(12) An aggregate of 36,015 shares of series C preferred stock was
issued in a private placement in April 1998 to Mr. Hawk. The consideration
received for such shares was $100,001.65.
(13) An aggregate of 144,000 shares of common stock was issued in a
private placement pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in
April 1998 to Mr. Hawk. The consideration received for such shares was
$64,000.
(14) A warrant for the purchase of an aggregate of 202,500 shares of
common stock with an exercise price of $.6666 per share was issued in July
1998 to a consultant in connection with services rendered.
(15) An aggregate of 60,000 shares of common stock was issued in a
private placement pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in
August 1998 to Mr. Hawk. The consideration received for such shares was
$230,000.
(16) An aggregate of 13,500 shares of common stock was issued in a
private placement pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in
October 1998 to one investor. The consideration received for such shares
was services rendered.
II-2
<PAGE>
(17) An aggregate of 13,167 shares of common stock was issued in a
private placement pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in
November 1998 to two consultants. The consideration received for such
shares was services rendered.
(18) An aggregate of 12,000 shares of common stock was issued in a
private placement pursuant to a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in
December 1998 to a consultant. The consideration received for such shares
was services rendered.
(19) From July 1997 through December 31, 1998, we granted stock options
to purchase an aggregate of 19,795,090 shares of common stock to employees,
consultants and directors with exercise prices ranging from $0.0222 to
$5.44 per share pursuant to our 1997 Stock Plan. To date, 320,248 shares of
common stock have been issued upon exercise of vested options.
(20) An aggregate of 2,701,049 shares of series C-1 preferred stock and
2,083,334 shares of series D-1 preferred stock were issued in a private
placement in January 1999 to four investors. The consideration received for
such shares was $45 million.
(21) An aggregate of 900,349 shares of series C-1 preferred stock and
694,445 shares of series D-1 preferred stock were issued in a private
placement in January 1999 to an investor. The consideration received for
such shares was $15 million.
(22) In February 1999, we issued $215 million aggregate principal amount
of 12 1/2% senior notes due 2009 to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., BT Alex.
Brown Incorporated, Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation and
Goldman, Sachs & Co., as initial purchasers for resale to qualified
institutional buyers. The initial purchasers received commissions of
$5,106,250 for acting as such in connection with the transaction.
(23) In April 1999, we issued a warrant to purchase 300,000 shares of
common stock to a customer. This warrant will vest with respect to 150,000
shares on each of April 1, 2000 and April 1, 2001, subject to the customer
achieving certain performance goals. The exercise price will be the fair
market value of the common stock on the first vesting date with respect to
150,000 shares and the second vesting date with respect to 150,000 shares.
No underwriters were used in connection with these sales and issuances
except for the issuance of the 1998 notes and related warrants in (11) above
and the issuance of the 1999 notes in (22) above. The sales and issuances of
these securities except for those in note (11) and note (22) were exempt from
registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 701 promulgated
thereunder on the basis that these options were offered and sold either
pursuant to a written compensatory benefit plan or pursuant to written
contracts relating to consideration, as provided by Rule 701, or pursuant to
Section 4(2) thereof on the basis that the transactions did not involve a
public offering. The sales and issuance in note (11) and note (22) were exempt
from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) and, in
connection with the resale by the initial purchasers of the securities
described in note (11) and note (22), Rule 144A thereunder.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a) Exhibits.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number Description
------- -----------
<C> <S>
1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.2* Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant,
as currently in effect.
3.4* Bylaws, as currently in effect.
4.1* Indenture dated as of March 11, 1998 between the Registrant and The
Bank of New York, including form of 13 1/2% Senior Discount Note Due
2008.
4.3* Warrant Agreement dated as of March 11, 1998 between the Registrant
and The Bank of New York.
4.4* Warrant Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 11, 1998 among
the Registrant and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and BT Alex. Brown
Incorporated.
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number Description
------- -----------
<C> <S>
4.5* Specimen 13 1/2% Senior Discount Note Due 2008.
4.6* Amended and Restated Stockholders Rights Agreement dated January 19,
1999 among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
4.7** Indenture dated as of February 18, 1999 among the Registrant and The
Bank of New York, including form of 12 1/2% Senior Note Due 2009
4.8** Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 18, 1999 among the
Registrant and the Initial Purchasers
4.9** Specimen 12 1/2% Senior Note Due 2009
5.1 Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1* Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Registrant
and each of the Registrant's executive officers and directors.
10.2* Employment Agreement entered into between the Registrant and Rex
Cardinale.
10.3* Employment Agreement entered into between the Registrant and Dhruv
Khanna.
10.5* Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Subscription Agreement dated as
of February 20, 1998 among the Registrant, Warburg, Pincus Ventures,
L.P., Crosspoint Venture Partners 1996 and Intel Corporation, as
amended by the Assignment and Assumption Agreement and First Amendment
to the Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Subscription Agreement
dated as of April 24, 1998 among the Registrant, Warburg, Crosspoint
and Robert Hawk.
10.6* Employment Agreement dated June 21, 1998 between the Registrant and
Robert E. Knowling, Jr.
10.7* Sublease Agreement dated July 6, 1998 between Auspex Systems, Inc. and
the Registrant with respect to Registrant's facilities in Santa Clara,
California.
10.8* 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related agreements, as currently
in effect.
10.9* Note Secured by Deed of Trust dated August 14, 1998 issued by Robert
E. Knowling, Jr. in favor of the Registrant.
10.10* Form of Warrant to purchase Common Stock issued by the Registrant on
February 20, 1998 to Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P., Crosspoint
Ventures Partners 1996 and Intel Corporation.
10.11* Note Secured by Deed of Trust dated October 7, 1998 issued by
Catherine A. Hemmer and John J. Hemmer in favor of the Registrant.
10.12* 1997 Stock Plan and related option agreement, as currently in effect.
10.13* Series C-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 30,
1998 among the Registrant, AT&T Venture Fund II, LP and two affiliated
funds.
10.14* Series D-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 30,
1998 among the Registrant, AT&T Venture Fund II, LP and two affiliated
funds.
10.15* Series C-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 30,
1998 between the Registrant and NEXTLINK Communications, Inc.
10.16* Series D-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 30,
1998 between the Registrant and NEXTLINK Communications, Inc.
10.17* Series C-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 19,
1999 between the Registrant and U.S. Telesource, Inc.
10.18* Series D-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 19,
1999 between the Registrant and U.S. Telesource, Inc.
21.1* Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
</TABLE>
II-4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number Description
------- -----------
<C> <S>
23.2 Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
(Included in exhibit 5.1).
24.1 Power of Attorney (Included on page II-7).
27.1 Financial Data Schedules for the year ended December 31, 1998.
27.2 Financial Data Schedules for the three months ended March 31, 1999.
</TABLE>
- --------
* Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of corresponding number filed with
our registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-63899).
** Incorporated by reference to exhibit of corresponding number filed with our
registration statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-75955).
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information to
be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial
statements or Notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings
1. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,
unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such
liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or
paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel
the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed
by the final adjudication of such issue.
2. The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1), or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this
Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
(b) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
<PAGE>
SIGNATURES
In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, we have
duly caused this registration statement to be signed on our behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Santa Clara, State of
California on May 19, 1999.
Covad Communications Group, Inc.
/s/ Robert E. Knowling, Jr.
By: _________________________________
Robert E. Knowling, Jr.
President and Chief Executive
Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
II-6
<PAGE>
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints Robert Knowling, Jr., Timothy Laehy and
Dhruv Khanna, and each of them, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of
substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all
capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective
amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration
statement for the same offering covered by this Registration Statement that is
to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the
Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the
same, with all exhibits thereto in all documents in connection therewith, with
the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them,
full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that such attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his
or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by
virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons on May 19,
1999 in the capacities indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature Title
--------- -----
<S> <C>
/s/ Robert E. Knowling, Jr. President, Chief Executive Officer and
___________________________________________ Director (Principal Executive Officer)
(Robert E. Knowling, Jr.)
/s/ Charles McMinn Chairman of the Board
___________________________________________
(Charles McMinn)
/s/ Timothy Laehy Chief Financial Officer and Vice President,
___________________________________________ Finance (Principal Financial and Accounting
(Timothy Laehy) Officer)
/s/ Robert Hawk Director
___________________________________________
(Robert Hawk)
/s/ Henry Kressel Director
___________________________________________
(Henry Kressel)
/s/ Joseph Landy Director
___________________________________________
(Joseph Landy)
/s/ Daniel Lynch Director
___________________________________________
(Daniel Lynch)
/s/ Frank Marshall Director
___________________________________________
(Frank Marshall)
/s/ Rich Shapero Director
___________________________________________
(Rich Shapero)
</TABLE>
II-7
<PAGE>
Covad Communications Group, Inc.
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number Description
------- -----------
<C> <S>
1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.2* Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant,
as currently in effect.
3.4* Bylaws, as currently in effect.
4.1* Indenture dated as of March 11, 1998 between the Registrant and The
Bank of New York, including form of 13 1/2% Senior Discount Note Due
2008.
4.3* Warrant Agreement dated as of March 11, 1998 between the Registrant
and The Bank of New York.
4.4* Warrant Registration Rights Agreement dated as of March 11, 1998 among
the Registrant and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and BT Alex. Brown
Incorporated.
4.5* Specimen 13 1/2% Senior Discount Note Due 2008.
4.6* Amended and Restated Stockholders Rights Agreement dated January 19,
1999 among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.
4.7** Indenture dated as of February 18, 1999 among the Registrant and The
Bank of New York, including form of 12 1/2% Senior Note Due 2009
4.8** Registration Rights Agreement dated as of February 18, 1999 among the
Registrant and the Initial Purchasers
4.9** Specimen 12 1/2% Senior Note Due 2009
5.1 Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
10.1* Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between the Registrant
and each of the Registrant's executive officers and directors.
10.2* Employment Agreement entered into between the Registrant and Rex
Cardinale.
10.3* Employment Agreement entered into between the Registrant and Dhruv
Khanna.
10.5* Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Subscription Agreement dated as
of February 20, 1998 among the Registrant, Warburg, Pincus Ventures,
L.P., Crosspoint Venture Partners 1996 and Intel Corporation, as
amended by the Assignment and Assumption Agreement and First Amendment
to the Series C Preferred Stock and Warrant Subscription Agreement
dated as of April 24, 1998 among the Registrant, Warburg, Crosspoint
and Robert Hawk.
10.6* Employment Agreement dated June 21, 1998 between the Registrant and
Robert E. Knowling, Jr.
10.7* Sublease Agreement dated July 6, 1998 between Auspex Systems, Inc. and
the Registrant with respect to Registrant's facilities in Santa Clara,
California.
10.8* 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and related agreements, as currently
in effect.
10.9* Note Secured by Deed of Trust dated August 14, 1998 issued by Robert
E. Knowling, Jr. in favor of the Registrant.
10.10* Form of Warrant to purchase Common Stock issued by the Registrant on
February 20, 1998 to Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P., Crosspoint
Ventures Partners 1996 and Intel Corporation.
10.11* Note Secured by Deed of Trust dated October 7, 1998 issued by
Catherine A. Hemmer and John J. Hemmer in favor of the Registrant.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Exhibit
Number Description
------- -----------
<C> <S>
10.12* 1997 Stock Plan and related option agreement, as currently in effect.
10.13* Series C-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 30,
1998 among the Registrant, AT&T Venture Fund II, LP and two affiliated
funds.
10.14* Series D-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 30,
1998 among the Registrant, AT&T Venture Fund II, LP and two affiliated
funds.
10.15* Series C-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 30,
1998 between the Registrant and NEXTLINK Communications, Inc.
10.16* Series D-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 30,
1998 between the Registrant and NEXTLINK Communications, Inc.
10.17* Series C-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 19,
1999 between the Registrant and U.S. Telesource, Inc.
10.18* Series D-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 19,
1999 between the Registrant and U.S. Telesource, Inc.
21.1* Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
23.2 Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation
(Included in exhibit 5.1).
24.1 Power of Attorney (Included on page II-7).
27.1 Financial Data Schedules for the year ended December 31, 1998.
27.2 Financial Data Schedules for the three months ended March 31, 1999.
</TABLE>
- --------
* Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of corresponding number filed with
our registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-63899).
** Incorporated by reference to exhibit of corresponding number filed with our
registration statement on Form S-4 (No. 333-75955).
<PAGE>
Exhibit 1.1
7,500,000 Shares of Common Stock
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT
----------------------
________ __, 1999
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation
Wit Capital Corporation
c/o Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
245 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10167
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Certain Stockholders named in Schedule II hereto (together with the
Stockholders named in Schedule III hereto, the "Selling Stockholders" of Covad
--------------------
Communications Group, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the
laws of Delaware (the "Company"), propose, subject to the terms and conditions
-------
stated herein, to sell to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ("Bear Stearns"), Morgan
------------
Stanley & Co. Incorporated, BT. Alex Brown Incorporated, Credit Suisse First
Boston Corporation, Donaldson Lufkin Jenrette Securities Corporation and Wit
Capital Corporation, (collectively, the "Underwriters") an aggregate of
------------
7,500,000 shares (the "Firm Shares") of the common stock of the Company, par
-----------
value $0.001 per share (the "Common Stock") and, for the sole purpose of
------------
covering over-allotments in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares, at
the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional 1,125,000 shares (the
"Additional Shares" ) of Common Stock. The Firm Shares and any Additional
- ------------------
Shares purchased by the Underwriters are referred to herein as the "Shares".
------
The Shares are more fully described in the Registration Statement referred to
below.
1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
----------------------------------------------
represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the Underwriters that:
(i) The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1
(No. ___-_____), and any amendments thereto, and related preliminary
prospectuses for the registration
<PAGE>
2
under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities Act") of shares of common
--------------
stock, which registration statement, as so amended, has been declared
effective by the Commission and copies of which have heretofore been delivered
to the Underwriters. Such registration statement, in the respective form it
was declared effective, as amended, including all exhibits thereto, is
hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement". Other than a Rule
----------------------
462(b) Registration Statement, which became effective upon filing, no other
document with respect to the Registration Statement has heretofore been filed
with the Commission (other than prospectuses filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of
the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act (the
"Securities Act Regulations"), each in the form heretofore delivered to the
--------------------------
Underwriters). No stop order suspending the effectiveness of either
Registration Statement or the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has
been issued and no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or, to the
Company's knowledge, threatened by the Commission. The Company, if required by
the Securities Act Regulations, proposes to file the Prospectus with the
Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations. The
Prospectus, in the form in which it is to be filed with the Commission
pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations, is hereinafter
referred to as the "Prospectus", except that if any revised prospectus or
----------
prospectus supplement shall be provided to the Underwriters by the Company for
use in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares (the "Offering")
--------
which differs from the Prospectus (whether or not such revised prospectus or
prospectus supplement is required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule
424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations), the term "Prospectus" shall refer
to such revised prospectus or prospectus supplement, as the case may be, from
and after the time it is first provided to the Underwriters for such use. Any
preliminary prospectus or prospectus subject to completion included in the
Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under
the Securities Act is hereafter called a "Preliminary Prospectus". All
----------------------
references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement, a Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, or any
amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing, shall be deemed to include
any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data
Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System ("EDGAR").
-----
(ii) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, at the
time the Registration Statement became effective and as of the Closing Date
referred to in Section 2 hereof, complied and comply in all material respects
with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Act
Regulations, and did not and as of the Closing Date do not contain an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The
Prospectus, as of the date hereof (unless the term "Prospectus" refers to a
prospectus which has been provided to the Underwriters by the Company for use
in connection with the offering of the Shares which differs from the
Prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities
Act Regulations, in which case at the time it is first provided to the
Underwriters for such use) and on the Closing Date, does not and will not
include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
fact
<PAGE>
3
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the
representations and warranties in this Section (1)(ii) shall not apply to
statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement or Prospectus made
in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any
Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by any Underwriter expressly
for use in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus. Each Preliminary
Prospectus and Prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement, as part
of any amendment thereto or pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act
Regulations, if filed by electronic transmission pursuant to EDGAR (except as
may be permitted by Regulation S-T under the Securities Act) was identical to
the copy thereof delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with the
offer and sales of the Shares. There are no contracts or other documents
required to be described in the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement under the Securities Act that have not been described
or filed therein as required, and there are no business relationships or
related-party transactions involving the Company or any subsidiary or any
other person required to be described in the Prospectus that have not been
described therein as required.
(iii) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly
incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under
the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has corporate power and
authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business
as described in the Prospectus. Each of the Company and each subsidiary is
duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good
standing in the State of California and each other jurisdiction in which such
qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of
property or the conduct of business, except for such jurisdictions (other than
the State of California) where the failure to so qualify or to be in good
standing would not, individually or in the aggregate, result in a material
adverse change, or any development that could reasonably be expected to result
in a material adverse change, in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in
the business, operations or prospects, whether or not arising from
transactions in the ordinary course of business, of the Company and its
subsidiaries, considered as one entity (any such change is called a "Material
--------
Adverse Change"). The Company does not own or control, directly or indirectly,
- --------------
any corporation, association or other entity other than Covad Communications
Company, a California corporation, and DIECA Communications, Inc., a Virginia
corporation. As of the date hereof, (a) the Company has obtained CLEC
regulatory approval in each of the following States: [California, Illinois,
Maryland, Massachusetts, New York, Oregon, Texas, Virginia, Washington,
Delaware, Colorado, New Jersey, New Hampshire, District of Columbia,
Pennsylvania, Michigan, Georgia, Missouri and Florida], and no such regulatory
approval has been withdrawn, and to the Company's knowledge no such regulatory
approval is the subject of any legal challenge (except as disclosed in the
Prospectus) and (b) the Company has not received any notice of rejection or
denial, nor has it withdrawn, any of its applications for CLEC approval in
additional States where such applications, as of the date of the Prospectus,
are pending approval.
<PAGE>
4
(iv) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the
Company (including the Shares) have been duly authorized, validly issued, and
are fully paid and nonassessable and were not issued in violation of any
preemptive or similar rights. At _______ __, 1999, the Company had the pro
forma consolidated capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus under the
caption "Capitalization".
(v) All of the outstanding capital stock of each subsidiary
of the Company is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, free and
clear of any security interest, claim, lien limitation on voting rights or
encumbrance; and all such securities have been duly authorized, validly
issued, and are fully paid and nonassessable and were not issued in violation
of any preemptive or similar rights.
(vi) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are not
currently, and will not be as a result of the Offering, any outstanding
subscriptions, rights, warrants, calls, commitments of sale or options to
acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any capital
stock or other equity interest of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
(vii) The Common Stock (including the Shares) is registered
pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the
"Exchange Act") and is listed for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market
------------
System ("Nasdaq"), and the Company has taken no action designed to, or likely
------
to have the effect of, terminating the registration of the Common Stock under
the Exchange Act or delisting the Common Stock from Nasdaq, nor has the
Company received any notification that the Commission or Nasdaq is
contemplating terminating such registration or listing.
(viii) The Company has all requisite corporate power and
authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement
and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.
(ix) This Agreement has been duly and validly authorized,
executed and delivered by the Company and is the legally valid and binding
agreement of the Company, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms,
except insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited
by applicable law or equitable principles and subject to applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization or similar laws
affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles
of equity.
(x) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is, or,
after giving effect to the offering of the Shares, will be (a) in violation of
its charter or bylaws, (b) in default in the performance of any bond,
debenture, note, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or
instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound or to which any of
its properties is subject, or (c) in violation of any local, state or federal
law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, requirement, judgment or court
decree (including,
<PAGE>
5
without limitation, the Communications Act and the rules and regulations of
the FCC and environmental laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations,
judgments or court decrees) applicable to the Company, its subsidiaries or any
of their assets or properties (whether owned or leased) other than, in the
case of clauses (b) and (c), any default or violation that could not
reasonably be expected to (1) individually or in the aggregate, result in a
material adverse effect on the properties, business, results of operations,
condition (financial or otherwise), affairs or prospects of the Company and
its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (2) interfere with or adversely affect the
sale of the Shares pursuant hereto or (3) in any manner draw into question the
validity of this Agreement (any of the events set forth in clauses (1), (2) or
(3), a "Material Adverse Effect"). There exists no condition that, with notice,
-----------------------
the passage of time or otherwise, would constitute a default under any such
document or instrument, except as disclosed in the Prospectus, except for any
such condition which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.
(xi) None of (a) the execution, delivery or performance by
the Company of this Agreement, (b) the issuance and sale of the Shares and (c)
consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated hereby violate,
conflict with or constitute a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or
a default under (or an event that with notice or the lapse of time, or both,
would constitute a default), or require consent which has not been obtained
under, or result in the imposition of a lien on any properties of the Company
or any of its subsidiaries, or an acceleration of any indebtedness of the
Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, (1) the charter or bylaws of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries, (2) any bond, debenture, note,
indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or other agreement or instrument to which
the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or
its subsidiaries or their properties is or may be bound, (3) any statute, rule
or regulation applicable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of
their assets or properties or (4) any judgment, order or decree of any court
or governmental agency or authority having jurisdiction over the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or any of their assets or properties, except in the
case of clauses (2), (3) and (4) for such violations, conflicts, breaches,
defaults, consents, impositions of liens or accelerations that (x) would not
singly, or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect or (y) which are
disclosed in the Prospectus. Other than as described in the Prospectus, no
consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing, registration,
qualification, license or permit of or with, (A) any court or governmental
agency, body or administrative agency (including, without limitation, the FCC)
or (B) any other person is required for (1) the execution, delivery and
performance by the Company of this Agreement, (2) the issuance and sale of the
Shares and the transactions contemplated hereby, except (x) such as have been
obtained and made under the Securities Act and state securities or Blue Sky
laws and regulations or such as may be required by the NASD or (y) where the
failure to obtain any such consent, approval, authorization or order of, or
filing registration, qualification, license or permit would not reasonably be
expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
6
(xii) Except as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no
legal or governmental actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to Company's
knowledge, threatened (a) against or affecting the Company or any of its
subsidiaries, (b) which has as the subject thereof any officer or director (in
any such capacity) of, or property owned or leased by, the Company or any of
its subsidiaries or (c) relating to environmental or discrimination matters,
where in any such case (1) there is a reasonable possibility that such action,
suit or proceeding might be determined adversely to the Company or such
subsidiary and (2) any such action, suit or proceeding, if so determined
adversely, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change
or adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement. No material labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any
of its subsidiaries exists or, to the Company's knowledge, is threatened or
imminent.
(xiii) No action has been taken and no statute, rule,
regulation or order has been enacted, adopted or issued by any governmental
agency that prevents the issuance of the Shares or prevents or suspends the
use of the Prospectus; no injunction, restraining order or order of any nature
by a federal or state court of competent jurisdiction has been issued that
prevents the issuance of the Shares, prevents or suspends the sale of the
Shares in any jurisdiction referred to in Section 5(d) hereof or that could
adversely affect the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or the Prospectus; and every request of any securities authority or
agency of any jurisdiction for additional information has been complied with
in all material respects.
(xiv) Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, (a) to the
Company's knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in
violation of any federal, state, local or foreign law or regulation relating
to pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including,
without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or
subsurface strata) or wildlife, including without limitation, laws and
regulations relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases
of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous
substances, petroleum and petroleum products (collectively, "Materials of
------------
Environmental Concern"), or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing,
- ---------------------
distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of
Materials of Environmental Concern (collectively, "Environmental Laws"), which
------------------
violation includes, but is not limited to, noncompliance with any permits or
other governmental authorizations required for the operation of the business
of the Company or its subsidiaries under applicable Environmental Laws, or
noncompliance with the terms and conditions thereof, nor has the Company or
any of its subsidiaries received any written communication, whether from a
governmental authority, citizens group, employee or otherwise, that alleges
that the Company or any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any
Environmental Law; (b) there is no claim, action or cause of action filed with
a court or governmental authority, no investigation with respect to which the
Company or any of its subsidiaries has received written notice, and no written
notice by any person or entity alleging potential liability for investigatory
costs,
<PAGE>
7
cleanup costs, governmental response costs, natural resources damages, property
damages, personal injuries, attorneys' fees or penalties arising out of, based
on or resulting from the presence, or release into the environment, of any
Material of Environmental Concern at any location owned, leased or operated by
the Company or any of its subsidiaries, now or in the past (collectively,
"Environmental Claims"), pending or, to Company's knowledge, threatened against
--------------------
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any person or entity whose liability
for any Environmental Claim the Company or any of its subsidiaries has
retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law; and (c) to
the Company's knowledge, there are no past or present actions, activities,
circumstances, conditions, events or incidents, including, without limitation,
the release, emission, discharge, presence or disposal of any Material of
Environmental Concern, that reasonably could result in a violation of any
Environmental Law or form the basis of a potential Environmental Claim against
the Company or any of its subsidiaries or against any person or entity whose
liability for any Environmental Claim the Company or any of its subsidiaries
has retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law.
(xv) The Company and each of its subsidiaries has (a) good
and marketable title to all of the properties and assets described in the
Prospectus or the financial statements included in the Prospectus as owned by
it, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances and restrictions,
except such as are described in the Prospectus or as would not have a Material
Adverse Effect, (b) peaceful and undisturbed possession to the extent
described in the Prospectus under all material leases to which it is a party
as lessee, (c) all licenses, certificates, permits, authorizations, approvals,
franchises and other rights from, and has made all declarations and filings
with, all federal, state and local authorities (including, without limitation,
the FCC), all self-regulatory authorities and all courts and other tribunals
(each an "Authorization") necessary to engage in the business conducted by the
-------------
Company and its subsidiaries in the manner described in the Prospectus, except
as described in the Prospectus and except insofar as the failure to obtain any
such Authorization would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect, and no such Authorization contains a materially burdensome restriction
that is not disclosed in the Prospectus and (d) not received any notice that
any governmental body or agency is considering limiting, suspending or
revoking any such Authorization. Except where the failure to be in full force
and effect would not have a Material Adverse Effect, all such Authorizations
are valid and in full force and effect and the Company and each of its
subsidiaries is in compliance in all material respects with the terms and
conditions of all such Authorizations and with the rules and regulations of
the regulatory authorities having jurisdiction with respect thereto. All
material leases to which the Company and each of its subsidiaries is a party
are valid and binding and no default by the Company or any of its subsidiaries
has occurred and is continuing, thereunder and, to the Company's knowledge, no
material defaults by the landlord are existing under any such lease that could
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
<PAGE>
8
(xvi) Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company and
its subsidiaries own, possess or have the right to employ sufficient patents,
patent rights, licenses (including all FCC, state, local or other
jurisdictional regulatory licenses), inventions, copyrights, know-how
(including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary
or confidential information, software, systems or procedures), trademarks,
service marks and trade names, inventions, computer programs, technical data
and information (collectively, the "Intellectual Property Rights") reasonably
----------------------------
necessary to conduct their businesses as now conducted; and the expected
expiration of any of such Intellectual Property Rights would not result in a
Material Adverse Change. The Intellectual Property Rights presently employed
by the Company and its subsidiaries in connection with the businesses now
operated by them or which are proposed to be operated by them are owned, to
the Company's knowledge, free and clear of and without violating any right,
claimed right, charge, encumbrance, pledge, security interest, restriction or
lien of any kind of any other person and neither the Company nor any of its
subsidiaries has received any notice of infringement of or conflict with
asserted rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing except as would
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The use of the
Intellectual Property in connection with the business and operations of the
Company and its subsidiaries does not infringe on the rights of any person,
except as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(xvii) None of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or, or
to the knowledge of the Company, any of their respective officers, directors,
partners, employees, agents or affiliates or any other person acting on behalf
of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has, directly or indirectly, given
or agreed to give any money, gift or similar benefit (other than legal price
concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to any customer,
supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, official or employee of
any governmental agency (domestic or foreign), instrumentality of any
government (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for
office (domestic or foreign) or other person who was, is or may be in a
position to help or hinder the business of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries (or assist the Company or any of its subsidiaries in connection
with any actual or proposed transaction) which (a)would reasonably be expected
to subject the Company, or any other individual or entity to any damage or
penalty in any civil, criminal or governmental litigation or proceeding
(domestic or foreign), (b)if not given in the past, would reasonably be
expected to have had a Material Adverse Effect or (c) if not continued if not
continued in the future, would reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
(xviii) All material tax returns required to be filed by the
Company and its subsidiaries in all jurisdictions have been so filed. All
taxes, including withholding taxes, penalties and interest, assessments, fees
and other charges due or claimed to be due from such entities or that are due
and payable have been paid, other than those being contested in good faith and
for which adequate reserves have been provided or those currently payable
without penalty or interest. To the knowledge of the Company, there are no
<PAGE>
9
material proposed additional tax assessments against the Company or any of its
subsidiaries or the assets or property of the Company or any of its
subsidiaries. The Company has made adequate charges, accruals and reserves in
the applicable financial statements included in the Prospectus in respect of
all federal, state and foreign income and franchise taxes for all periods as
to which the tax liability of the Company or any of its consolidated
subsidiaries has not been finally determined.
(xix) The Company is not an "investment company" or a
company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the meaning of the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment Company Act").
----------------------
(xx) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there are no
holders of securities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries who, by reason
of the execution by the Company of this Agreement to which it is a party or
the consummation by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the transactions
contemplated hereby, have the right to request or demand that the Company or
any of its subsidiaries register under the Securities Act or analogous foreign
laws and regulations securities held by them, other than such that have been
duly waived.
(xxi) The Company and its subsidiaries each maintain a
system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable
assurance that: (a) transactions are executed in accordance with management's
general or specific authorizations; (b) transactions are recorded as necessary
to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity in all material
respects with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain
accountability for assets; and (c) the recorded accountability for assets is
compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate
action is taken with respect to any differences.
(xxii) Each of the Company and its subsidiaries are insured
by recognized, financially sound institutions with policies in such amounts
and with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customary for
similarly situated businesses including, but not limited to, policies covering
real and personal property owned or leased by the Company and its subsidiaries
against theft, damage, destruction and acts of vandalism. The Company has no
reason to believe that it or any subsidiary will not be able (a) to renew its
existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (b) to obtain
comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or
appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would
not result in a Material Adverse Change.
(xxiii) The Company has not (a) taken, directly or indirectly,
any action designed to, or that might reasonably be expected to, cause or
result in stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the
Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares or (b) since the date
of the Preliminary Prospectus (1) sold, bid for, purchased or paid any person
any compensation for soliciting purchases of, the Shares or (2) paid or
<PAGE>
10
agreed to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to
purchase any other securities of the Company.
(xxiv) The Company and its subsidiaries and any "employee
benefit plan" (as defined under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder
(collectively, "ERISA")) established or maintained by the Company, its
-----
subsidiaries or their "ERISA Affiliates" (as defined below) are in compliance
in all material respects with ERISA. "ERISA Affiliate" means, with respect to
---------------
the Company or a subsidiary, any member of any group of organizations
described in Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder
(the "Code") of which the Company or such subsidiary is a member. No
----
"reportable event" (as defined under ERISA) has occurred or is reasonably
expected to occur with respect to any "employee benefit plan" established or
maintained by the Company, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates.
No "employee benefit plan" established or maintained by the Company, its
subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates, if such "employee benefit plan"
were terminated, would have any "amount of unfunded benefit liabilities" (as
defined under ERISA). Neither the Company, its subsidiaries nor any of their
ERISA Affiliates has incurred or reasonably expects to incur any liability
under (a) Title IV of ERISA with respect to termination of, or withdrawal
from, any "employee benefit plan" or (b) Sections 412, 4971, 4975 or 4980B of
the Code. Each "employee benefit plan" established or maintained by the
Company, its subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates that is intended to
be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified and nothing has
occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of
such qualification.
(xxv) Except as otherwise disclosed in the Prospectus,
subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is given in the
Prospectus: (a) there has been no Material Adverse Change; (b) the Company and
its subsidiaries, considered as one entity, have not incurred any material
liability or obligation, indirect, direct or contingent, not in the ordinary
course of business nor entered into any material transaction or agreement not
in the ordinary course of business; (c) there has been no dividend or
distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company or, except for
dividends paid to the Company or other subsidiaries, any of its subsidiaries
on any class of capital stock or repurchase or redemption by the Company or
any of its subsidiaries of any class of capital stock; (d) there has been no
capital expenditure or commitment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries
exceeding $100,000, either individually or in the aggregate except in the
ordinary course of business as generally contemplated by the Prospectus; (e)
there has been no change in accounting methods or practices (including any
change in depreciation or amortization policies or rates) by the Company or
any of its subsidiaries; (f) there has been no revaluation by the Company or
any of its subsidiaries of any of their assets; (g) there has been no increase
in the salary or other compensation payable or to become payable by the
Company or any of its subsidiaries to any of their officers, directors,
employees or advisors, nor any declaration, payment or commitment or
<PAGE>
11
obligation of any kind for the payment by the Company or any of its
subsidiaries of a bonus or other additional salary or compensation to any such
person; (h) there has been no amendment or termination of any material
contract, agreement or license to which the Company or any subsidiary is a
party or by which it is bound; (i) there has been no waiver or release of any
material right or claim of the Company or any subsidiary, including any write-
off or other compromise of any material account receivable of the Company or
any subsidiary; and (j) there has been no change in pricing or royalties set
or charged by the Company or any subsidiary to their respective customers or
licensees or in pricing or royalties set or charged by persons who have
licensed Intellectual Property Rights to the Company or any of its
subsidiaries.
(xxvi) Ernst & Young LLP, who have expressed their opinion
with respect to the financial statements (which term as used in this Agreement
includes the related notes thereto) and supporting schedules included in the
Prospectus are independent public or certified public accountants within the
meaning of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
(xxvii) The financial statements, together with the related
notes, included in the Prospectus present fairly in all material respects the
consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of and
at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flows for
the periods specified. Such financial statements have been prepared in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a
consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly
stated in the related notes thereto. The financial data set forth in the
Prospectus under the captions "Prospectus Summary-- Summary Financial Data",
"Selected Financial Data" and "Capitalization" fairly present the information
set forth therein on a basis consistent with that of the audited financial
statements contained in the Prospectus.
(xxviii) Except pursuant to this Agreement, there are no
contracts, agreements or understandings between the Company and any other
person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company or either of
the Underwriters for a brokerage commission, finder's fee or like payment in
connection with the issuance, purchase and sale of the Shares.
(xxix) The statements (including the assumptions described
therein) included in the Prospectus (a) are within the coverage of Rule 175(b)
under the Securities Act to the extent such data constitute forward looking
statements as defined in Rule 175(c) and (b) were made by the Company with a
reasonable basis and reflect the Company's good faith estimate of the matters
described therein.
(xxx) Each certificate signed by any officer of the Company
and delivered to the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to
this Agreement shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the
Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.
<PAGE>
12
The Company acknowledges that each of the Underwriters and, for
purposes of the opinions to be delivered to the Underwriters pursuant to
Section 10 hereof, counsel to the Company and counsel to the Underwriters,
will rely upon the accuracy and truth of the foregoing representations and
hereby consents to such reliance.
2. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders. Each
-----------------------------------------------------------
Selling Stockholder severally and not jointly represents and warrants to, and
agrees that:
(a) Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to the
Closing Date will have, good and valid title to the Shares to be sold by such
Selling Stockholder hereunder on such date, free and clear of all liens,
encumbrances, equities or claims; and upon delivery of such Shares and payment
therefor pursuant hereto, good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear
of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will pass to the several
Underwriters.
(b) Such Selling Stockholder has placed in custody under a custody
agreement (the "Custody Agreement" and, together with all other similar
agreements executed by the other Selling Stockholders, the "Custody
Agreements") with Boston Equiserve, as custodian (the "Custodian"), for
delivery under this Agreement, certificates in negotiable form (with signature
guaranteed by a commercial bank or trust company having an office or
correspondent in the United States or a member firm of the New York or
American Stock Exchanges) representing the Shares to be sold by such Selling
Stockholder hereunder.
(c) Such Selling Stockholder has duly and irrevocably executed and
delivered a power of attorney (the "Power of Attorney" and, together with all
other similar agreements executed by the other Selling Stockholders, the
"Powers of Attorney") appointing the Custodian and one or more other persons,
as attorneys-in-fact, with full power of substitution, and with full authority
on the terms set forth therein (exercisable by any one or more of them) to
execute and deliver this Agreement and to take such other action as may be
necessary or desirable to carry out the provisions hereof on behalf of such
Selling Stockholder.
(d) Such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority
to enter into this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement;
the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Power of
Attorney and the Custody Agreement by such Selling Stockholder and the
consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated
hereby will not conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the
terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture,
mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to
which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder
is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder
is subject, nor will such actions result in any violation of the provisions of
the constituent documents of such Selling Stockholder, if any, or any statute
or any order, rule or regulation of any court or
<PAGE>
13
governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder
or the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder; and, except for the
registration of the Shares under the Act and such consents, approvals,
authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under
applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and
distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters, no consent, approval,
authorization or order of, or filing or registration with, any such court or
governmental agency or body is required for the execution, delivery and
performance of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney or the Custody Agreement
by such Selling Stockholder and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder
of the transactions contemplated hereby.
(e) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the
Registration Statement, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto
are made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished
to the Company by such Selling Stockholder specifically for use therein, the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements
thereto will not, when they become effective or are filed with the Commission,
as the case may be, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading.
(f) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take,
directly or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has
constituted or which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in the
stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to
facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.
3. Purchase, Sale and Delivery of the Shares.
------------------------------------------
(a) On the basis of the representations, warranties, covenants and
agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein
set forth, each Selling Stockholder agrees to sell the number of Shares set
opposite its name in Schedule II hereto severally, and not jointly, to the
Underwriters and the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, agree to
purchase from the Selling Stockholders, at a purchase price per share of $___,
the number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the respective names of the
Underwriters in Schedule I hereto plus any additional number of Shares which
such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions
of Section 11 hereof.
(b) Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of
certificates for, the Firm Shares shall be made at the office of Bear, Stearns
& Co. Inc., 245 Park Avenue, New York, New York, or at such other place as
shall be agreed upon by the Underwriters and the Company, at _____ A.M. on
_______ __, 1999 (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 11 hereof) after the determination of the public offering price of the
Firm Shares, or such other time not later than ten business days after such
date as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriters and the Company (such time
and date of
<PAGE>
14
payment and delivery being herein called the "Closing Date"). Payment shall be
------------
made to each Selling Shareholder by wire transfer in same day funds, against
delivery to the Underwriters of certificates for the Shares to be purchased by
them from such Selling Stockholder. Certificates for the Firm Shares shall be
registered in such name or names and in such authorized denominations as the
Underwriters may request in writing at least two full business days hours
prior to the Closing Date. The Company and each Selling Stockholder will
permit the Underwriters to examine and package such certificates for delivery
at least one full business day prior to the Closing Date.
(c) In addition, each Selling Stockholder named in Schedule III
hereto (each an "Option Stockholder") hereby grants to the Underwriters the
option to purchase up to the number of Additional Shares set opposite its name
in Schedule III hereto at the same purchase price per share to be paid by the
Underwriters to the Selling Stockholders for the Firm Shares as set forth in
this Section 3, for the sole purpose of covering over-allotments in the sale
of Firm Shares by the Underwriters. This option may be exercised at any time,
in whole or in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the
Prospectus, by written notice by the Underwriters to the Company and the
Option Stockholders. Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of
Additional Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and
time, as reasonably determined by the Underwriters, when the Additional Shares
are to be delivered (such date and time being herein sometimes referred to as
the "Additional Closing Date"); provided, however, that the Additional Closing
-----------------------
Date shall not be earlier than the Closing Date or earlier than the second
full business day after the date on which the option shall have been exercised
nor later than the eighth full business day after the date on which the option
shall have been exercised (unless such time and date are postponed in
accordance with the provisions of Section 11 hereof). Certificates for the
Additional Shares shall be registered in such name or names and in such
authorized denominations as the Underwriters may request in writing at least
two full business days prior to the Additional Closing Date. The Company and
the Option Stockholders will permit the Underwriters to examine and package
such certificates for delivery at least one full business day prior to the
Additional Closing Date.
(d) The number of Additional Shares to be sold to each Underwriter
shall be the number which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of
Additional Shares being purchased as the number of Firm Shares set forth
opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereto (or such number
increased as set forth in Section 11 hereof) bears to the total number of Firm
Shares being purchased from the Selling Stockholders, subject, however, to
such adjustments to eliminate any fractional shares as the Underwriters in
their sole discretion shall make.
(e) Payment for the Additional Shares shall be made by wire
transfer in same day funds payable to the order of the relevant Option
Stockholder at the office Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., 245 Park Avenue, New York,
New York, or such other location as
<PAGE>
15
may be mutually acceptable, upon delivery of the certificates for the
Additional Shares to the Underwriters.
4. Offering. Upon the Underwriters' authorization of the release of
---------
the Firm Shares, the Underwriters propose to offer the Shares for sale to the
public upon the terms set forth in the Prospectus.
5. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees with each
-------------------------
of the Underwriters that:
(a) The Company will notify the Underwriters immediately (and, if
requested by the Underwriters, will confirm such notice in writing) (i) when
any posteffective amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective,
(ii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment of or supplement to
the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional
information, (iii) of the mailing or the delivery to the Commission for filing
of the Prospectus or any amendment of or supplement to the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or any document to be filed pursuant to the
Exchange Act during any period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered
under the Securities Act, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
order suspending the effectiveness of either Registration Statement or any
post-effective amendment thereto or of the initiation, or the threatening, of
any proceedings therefor, (v) of the receipt of any comments or inquiries from
the Commission, and (vi) of the receipt by the Company of any notification
with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Shares for sale in
any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that
purpose. If the Commission shall propose or enter a stop order at any time,
the Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any
such stop order and, if issued, to obtain the lifting of such order as soon as
possible. The Company will not file any post-effective amendment to the
Registration Statement or any amendment of or supplement to the Prospectus
(including any revised prospectus which the Company proposes for use by the
Underwriters in connection with the offering of the Shares which differs from
the prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the
Securities Act Regulations, whether or not such revised prospectus is required
to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act Regulations) to
which the Underwriters or Underwriters' Counsel (as hereinafter defined) shall
reasonably object, will furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such
amendment or supplement a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed
filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file any such amendment or
supplement or use any such prospectus to which the Underwriters or counsel for
the Underwriters shall reasonably object.
(b) If any event shall occur as a result of which the Prospectus
would, in the judgment of the Underwriters or the Company, include an untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it shall
be necessary at any time to amend or supplement the Prospectus
<PAGE>
16
or either Registration Statement to comply with the Securities Act or the
Securities Act Regulations, the Company will notify the Underwriters promptly
and prepare and file with the Commission an appropriate amendment or
supplement (in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters) which will
correct such statement or omission or which will effect such compliance.
(c) The Company has delivered to the Underwriters five signed
copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed, including exhibits,
and all amendments thereto, and the Company will promptly deliver to each of
the Underwriters, from time to time during the period that the Prospectus is
required to be delivered under the Securities Act, such number of copies of
the Prospectus and the Registration Statement, and all amendments of and
supplements to such documents, if any, as the Underwriters may reasonably
request.
(d) The Company will endeavor in good faith, in cooperation with
the Underwriters, to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the
securities laws relating to the offering or sale of the Shares of such
jurisdictions as the Underwriters may designate and to maintain such
qualification in effect for so long as required for the distribution thereof;
except that in no event shall the Company be obligated in connection therewith
to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general consent to service
of process.
(e) The Company will make generally available (within the meaning
of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) to its security holders and to the
Underwriters as soon as practicable, but not later than 45 days after the end
of its fiscal quarter in which the first anniversary date of the effective
date of the Registration Statement occurs (or if such fiscal quarter is the
Company's fourth fiscal quarter, not later than 90 days after the end of such
quarter), an earnings statement (in form complying with the provisions of Rule
158 of the Regulations) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive
months beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement (as
defined in Rule 158(c) under the Securities Act).
(f) During the period of 90 days from the date of the Prospectus,
the Company will not, directly or indirectly, without the prior written
consent of Bear Stearns, offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to
purchase, pledge or otherwise dispose (or announce any offer, sale, contract
to sell, grant of an option to purchase, pledge or other disposition) of any
shares of Common Stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock, except that the Company may
issue (i) shares of Common Stock and options to purchase Common Stock under
its 1997 Stock Plan and its 1998 Purchase Plan (as such terms are defined in
the Prospectus), (ii) shares of Common Stock upon exercise of warrants to
purchase Common Stock that were issued and outstanding on the date of the
Prospectus or (iii) shares of Common Stock in connection with strategic
relationships and acquisitions of businesses, technologies and products
complementary to those of the
<PAGE>
17
Company, so long as the recipients of such shares agree to be bound by a lock-
up agreement (which shall provide that any transferees and assigns of such
recipients shall be bound by the lock-up agreement) for the remainder of the
90-day lock-up period.
(g) During a period of three years from the date of the
Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Underwriters copies of (i)all
reports to its stockholders; and (ii) all reports, financial statements and
proxy or information statements filed by the Company with the Commission or
any national securities exchange.
(h) The Company will apply the proceeds from the sale of the
Shares as set forth under "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus.
(i) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Rule 462(b)
Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M., Washington,
D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement, no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part thereof shall have
been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall have been initiated or
threatened by the Commission, and all requests for additional information on
the part of the Commission shall have been complied with to the Underwriters'
reasonable satisfaction.
(j) The Company, during the period when the Prospectus is required
to be delivered under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, will file all
documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14
or 15 of the Exchange Act within the time periods required by the Exchange Act
and the rules and regulations thereunder.
6. Covenants of the Selling Stockholders. Each Selling Stockholder
--------------------------------------
covenants and agrees that:
(i) For a period of 90 days from the date of the
Prospectus, it will not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer or agree to sell,
grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of, directly or
indirectly, any Common Stock (or any securities convertible into, exercisable
for or exchangeable for Common Stock), without the prior written consent of
Bear, Sterns & Co. Inc.
(ii) The Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder
hereunder, which are represented by the certificates held in custody for such
Selling Stockholder, are subject to the interest of the Underwriters and the
other Selling Stockholders thereunder, the arrangements made by such Selling
Stockholder for such custody are to that extent irrevocable, and the
obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder will not be terminated by
any act of such Selling Stockholder, by operation of law, by the death or
incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder or, in the case of a trust,
by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of
such trust, or the occurrence of any other event.
<PAGE>
18
(iii) If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Shares
is required to be delivered under the Act any information which such Selling
Stockholder has provided to the Company or the Underwriters becomes incorrect,
or if it shall be necessary at any time to amend or supplement any information
provided by such Selling Stockholder to the Company for inclusion in the
Prospectus or Registration Statement to comply with the Act or the
Regulations, such Selling Stockholder will notify the Company and the
Underwriters promptly so that the Company may prepare and file with the
Commission an appropriate amendment or supplement (in form and substance
satisfactory to the Underwriters) which will correct such statement or
omission.
(iv) Such Selling Stockholder will deliver to the
Representatives prior to the Closing Date a properly completed and executed
United States Treasury Department Form W-8 (if such Selling Stockholder is a
non-United States person) or Form W-9 (if such Selling Stockholder is a United
States person).
7. Payment of Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated
--------------------
in this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Company
hereby agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the performance of the
obligations of the Company hereunder, including those in connection with (i)
preparing, printing, duplicating, filing and distributing the Registration
Statement, as originally filed and all amendments thereto (including all
exhibits thereto), any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus and any
amendments or supplements thereto (including, without limitation, fees and
expenses of the Company's accountants and counsel), the underwriting documents
(including this Agreement, the Agreement Among Underwriters and the Selling
Agreement) and all other documents related to the public offering of the
Shares (including those supplied to the Underwriters in quantities as
hereinabove stated), (ii) the issuance, of the Shares and the transfer and
delivery of the Shares to the Underwriters, including any transfer or other
taxes payable thereon, (iii) the qualification of the Shares under state or
foreign securities or Blue Sky laws, including the costs of printing and
mailing a preliminary and final "Blue Sky Memorandum" and the fees of counsel
in connection therewith and such counsel's disbursements in relation thereto,
(iv) listing of the Shares for quotation on the Nasdaq, (v) filing fees of the
Commission and the NASD and (vi) the cost of printing certificates
representing the Shares, (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or
registrar.
8. Conditions of Underwriters' Obligations. The obligations of the
----------------------------------------
Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Firm Shares and the Additional
Shares, as provided herein, shall be subject to the accuracy of the
representations and warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders
herein contained, as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date (for
purposes of this Section 8, "Closing Date" shall refer to the Closing Date for
------------
the Firm Shares and any Additional Closing Date, if different, for the
Additional Shares), to the absence from any certificates, opinions, written
statements or letters furnished to the Underwriters or to Simpson Thacher &
Bartlett ("Underwriters' Counsel") pursuant to this Section 8 of any material
---------------------
misstatement or omission, to the performance by the Company or the Selling
Stockholders of its or their obligations hereunder, and to the following
additional conditions:
<PAGE>
19
(a) On the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the
effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the
Securities Act or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the Company's
knowledge, threatened by the Commission. The Prospectus shall have been filed
or transmitted for filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the
Securities Act Regulations within the prescribed time period, and prior to
Closing Date the Company shall have provided evidence satisfactory to the
Underwriters of such timely filing or transmittal.
(b) All of the representations and warranties of the Company and
the Selling Stockholders contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct
on the date hereof and on the Closing Date with the same force and effect as
if made on and as of the date hereof, and the Closing Date, respectively. The
Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have performed or complied with all
of the agreements herein contained and required to be performed or complied
with by it or them at or prior to the Closing Date.
(c) The Prospectus shall have been printed and copies distributed
to the Underwriters not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the
second business day following the date of this Agreement or at such later date
and time as to which the Underwriters may agree, and no stop order suspending
the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Shares in any
jurisdiction referred to in Section 5(d) shall have been issued and no
proceeding for that purpose shall have been commenced or shall be pending or
threatened.
(d) No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule,
regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any
governmental agency which would, as of the Closing Date, prevent the issuance
of the Shares; no action, suit or proceeding shall have been commenced and be
pending against or affecting or, to the best knowledge of the Company,
threatened against, the Company before any court or arbitrator or any
governmental body, agency or official that (1) could reasonably be expected to
result in a Material Adverse Effect and (2) has not been disclosed in the
Prospectus.
(e) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in
the Prospectus, (i) there shall not have been any Material Adverse Change, or
any development that is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse
Change, in the capital stock or the long-term debt, or material increase in
the short-term debt, of the Company or any of its subsidiaries from that set
forth in the Prospectus, (ii) no dividend or distribution of any kind shall
have been declared, paid or made by the Company or any of its subsidiaries on
any class of its capital stock, other than as described in the Prospectus,
(iii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have incurred any
liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, that are material,
individually or in the aggregate, to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken
as a whole, and that are required to be disclosed on the latest balance sheet
or notes thereto included in the Prospectus in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles and are not so disclosed. Since
<PAGE>
20
the date hereof and since the dates as of which information is given in the
Prospectus, there shall not have occurred any Material Adverse Effect.
(f) The Underwriters shall have received a certificate, dated the
Closing Date, signed on behalf of the Company by each of the Company's Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Underwriters, confirming, as of the Closing Date, the
matters set forth in paragraphs (a), (b), (d) and (e) of this Section 8 and
that, as of the Closing Date, the obligations of the Company to be performed
hereunder on or prior thereto have been duly performed in all material
respects.
(g) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
opinion, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters, of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich &
Rosati, P.C., counsel for the Company, to the effect set forth in Exhibit A
---------
hereto.
(h) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
opinion, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters, of Dhruv Khanna, General Counsel
of the Company, to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto.
---------
(i) The Underwriters shall have received on the Closing Date an
opinion, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the
Underwriters and counsel to the Underwriters, of counsel for each Selling
Stockholder, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C hereto.
---------
(j) All proceedings taken in connection with the sale of the Firm
Shares and the Additional Shares as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory
in form and substance to the Underwriters and to Underwriters' Counsel, and
the Underwriters shall have received from Underwriters' Counsel a favorable
opinion, dated as of the Closing Date with respect to the issuance and sale of
the Shares, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and such other
related matters as the Underwriters may reasonably require, and the Company
shall have furnished to Underwriters' Counsel such documents as they request
for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon such matters.
(k) At the time this Agreement is executed and at the Closing
Date, the Underwriters shall have received a letter from Ernst & Young LLP,
independent public accountants for the Company, dated, respectively, as of the
date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date addressed to the
Underwriters and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
Underwriters, containing statements and information of the type ordinarily
included in auditors' "comfort letters" to underwriters with respect to
financial statements and certain information of the Company and its
subsidiaries contained or incorporated by reference (if any) in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
<PAGE>
21
(l) At the time this Agreement is executed, the Underwriters
shall have received a "lock-up" agreement, substantially in the form attached
as Exhibit D hereto, from each of the officers, directors and stockholders of
---------
the Company identified on Exhibit E hereto.
---------
(m) At the Closing Date, the Shares shall have been approved for
quotation on the Nasdaq.
(n) At the time this Agreement is executed, and at the Closing
Time, the NASD shall not have withdrawn, or given notice of an intention to
withdraw, its approval of the fairness of the underwriting terms and
arrangements of the offering of the Shares by the Underwriters.
(o) Each of the Strategic Alliance Agreements shall be in full
force and effect, and no party to any such agreement shall have given any
notice of termination or amendment of any material provision thereof, or of
any intention to terminate or amend any material provision thereof, to any
other party.
(p) All opinions, certificates, letters and other documents
required by this Section 8 to be delivered by the Company will be in
compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably satisfactory
in form and substance to the Underwriters. The Company will furnish the
Underwriters with such conformed copies of such opinions, certificates,
letters and other documents as Bear Stearns shall reasonably request. Prior to
the Closing Date, the Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters such
further information, certificates and documents as the Underwriters may
reasonably request.
If any of the conditions specified in this Section 8 shall not have
been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement, or if any of the
certificates, opinions, written statements or letters furnished to the
Underwriters or to Underwriters' Counsel pursuant to this Section 8 shall not
be in all material respects reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to
the Underwriters and to Underwriters' Counsel, all obligations of the
Underwriters hereunder may be canceled by the Underwriters at, or at any time
prior to, the Closing Date and the obligations of the Underwriters to purchase
the Additional Shares may be canceled by the Underwriters at, or at any time
prior to, the Additional Closing Date. Notice of such cancellation shall be
given to the Company and each Selling Stockholder in writing, or by telephone,
telex or telegraph, confirmed in writing.
9. Indemnification.
----------------
(a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange
Act against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses
whatsoever as incurred (including but not limited to attorneys' fees and any
and all expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating, preparing or defending
against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim
<PAGE>
22
whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or
litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject
under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in either the Registration Statement,
as originally filed or any amendment thereof, or any related Preliminary
Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any supplement thereto or amendment
thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to
make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that the
Company will not be liable in any such case (i) to the extent but only to the
extent that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of
or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or
omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity
with written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any
Underwriter expressly for use therein and (ii) with respect to any preliminary
prospectus or preliminary prospectus supplement to the extent that any such
loss, claim, damage or liability results from the fact that an Underwriter
sold Shares to a person as to whom it shall be established that there was not
sent or given, at or prior to written confirmation of such sale, a copy of the
prospectus or prospectus supplement as then amended or supplemented in any
case where such delivery is required by the Securities Act if the Company has
previously furnished copies thereof in sufficient quantity to such Underwriter
and with sufficient time to effect a recirculation pursuant to Rule 461 under
the Securities Act and the loss, claim, damage or liability of the
Underwriters results from an untrue statement or omission of a material fact
contained in the preliminary prospectus or preliminary prospectus supplement
which was identified in writing prior to the effective date of the
registration statement to such underwriter and corrected in the prospectus or
prospectus supplement as then amended, and such correction would have cured
the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability. This
indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may
otherwise have, including under this Agreement.
(b) Each Selling Stockholder severally, and not jointly, agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who
controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities
Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against any and all losses,
liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including
but not limited to attorneys' fees and any and all expenses whatsoever
incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation,
commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid
in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or
any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses
(or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement, as originally filed or any amendment thereof, or any
related Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, or in any
<PAGE>
23
supplement thereto or amendment thereof, or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but
in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the
Underwriters by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder specifically for
inclusion therein. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 9(b), the
aggregate liability of any Selling Stockholder under this Section 9(b) shall
not exceed the proceeds received by such Selling Stockholder from the sale of
Shares under this Agreement. The Underwriters and the Company acknowledge that
the statements specifically relating to each Selling Stockholder under the
caption "Principal and Selling Stockholders" in the Prospectus constitute the
only information furnished in writing by or on behalf of such Selling
Stockholder expressly for use in the Registration Statement as originally
filed or in any amendment thereof, any related Preliminary Prospectus or the
Prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, as the case may
be. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the
Selling Stockholders may otherwise have, including under this Agreement;
provided, however, that in no event shall the aggregate liability of any
- --------
Selling Stockholder for any breach of the representations and warranties
contained in Section 2(e) (when combined with any liability under the
indemnity above) exceed the proceeds received by such Selling Stockholder from
the sale of Shares under this Agreement.
(c) Each Underwriter severally, and not jointly, agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Selling Stockholder, each of the
directors of the Company, each of the officers of the Company who shall have
signed the Registration Statement, and each other person, if any, who controls
the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section
20(a) of the Exchange Act, against any and all losses, liabilities, claims,
damages and expenses whatsoever as incurred (including but not limited to
attorneys' fees and any and all expenses whatsoever incurred in investigating,
preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any
claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or
litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject
under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in either Registration Statement, as
originally filed or any amendment thereof, or any related preliminary
prospectus, preliminary prospectus supplement or prospectus, or in any
amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in
each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense arises out of or is based upon any such
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission
made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information
furnished to the Company by or on behalf of any Underwriter expressly for
<PAGE>
24
use therein, provided, however, that in no case, shall any Underwriter be
liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount
applicable to the Shares purchased by such Underwriter hereunder. This
indemnity will be in addition to any liability which any Underwriter may
otherwise have including under this Agreement.
(d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Subsection
(a), (b) or (c) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such
indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under such subsection, notify each party against whom
indemnification is to be sought in writing of the commencement thereof (but the
failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying
party from any liability which it may have under this Section 9, except to the
extent that the indemnifying party has been prejudiced in any material respect
by such failure or from any liability that it may have otherwise). In case any
such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an
indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be
entitled to participate therein, and to the extent it may elect by written
notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid
notice from such indemnified party, to assume the defense thereof with counsel
satisfactory to such indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own
counsel in any such case, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at
the expense of such indemnified party or parties unless (i) the employment of
such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by one of the indemnifying
parties in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the indemnifying
parties shall not have employed counsel to have charge of the defense of such
action within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of the action, or
(iii) such indemnified party or parties shall have reasonably concluded that
there may be defenses available to it or them which are different from or
additional to those available to one or all of the indemnifying parties (in
which case the indemnifying parties shall not have the right to direct the
defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of
which events such fees and expenses shall be borne by the indemnifying parties.
Anything in this Subsection to the contrary notwithstanding, an indemnifying
party shall not be liable for any settlement of any claim or action effected
without its written consent; provided, however, that such consent was not
unreasonably withheld.
10. Contribution. In order to provide for contribution in circumstances
-------------
in which the indemnification provided for in Section 9 hereof is for any
reason held to be unavailable from any indemnifying party or is insufficient
to hold harmless a party indemnified thereunder, the Company, the Selling
Stockholders and the Underwriters shall contribute to the aggregate losses,
claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of the nature contemplated by such
indemnification provision (including any investigation, legal and other
expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of,
any action, suit or proceeding or any claims asserted, but after deducting in
the case of losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses suffered by the
Company any contribution received by the Company from persons, other than the
Underwriters, who may also be liable for contribution, including persons who
control the Company within the
<PAGE>
25
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange
Act, officers of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and
directors of the Company) as incurred to which the Company and one or more of
the Underwriters may be subject, in such proportions as is appropriate to
reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, the Selling
Stockholders and the Underwriters from the offering of the Shares or, if such
allocation is not permitted by applicable law or indemnification is not
available as a result of the indemnifying party not having received notice as
provided in Section 9 hereof, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
not only the relative benefits referred to above but also the relative fault
of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters in connection
with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims,
damages, liabilities or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable
considerations. The relative benefits received by the Selling Stockholders on
the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be deemed to be in
the same proportion as (x) the total proceeds from the offering (net of
underwriting discounts and commissions but before deducting expenses) received
by the Selling Stockholders and (y) the underwriting discounts and commissions
received by the Underwriters, respectively, in each case as set forth in the
table on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault of the Company
and the Underwriters shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information
supplied by the Company, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters and the
parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to
correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the Selling
Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and
equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro
rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such
purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of
the equitable considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions
of this Section 10, (i) in no case shall any Underwriter be liable or
responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount applicable
to the Shares purchased by such Underwriter hereunder, and (ii) no person
guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of
the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was
not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the
provisions of this Section 10 and the preceding sentence, no Underwriter shall
be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the
public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such
Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. For purposes of this
Section 10, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange
Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each
person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of
the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, each officer of the
Company who shall have signed the Registration Statement and each director of
the Company shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company, subject
in each case to clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 10. Any party entitled to
contribution will, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any
action, suit or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for
contribution may be made against another party or parties, notify each party
<PAGE>
26
or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify
such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom
contribution may be sought from any obligation it or they may have under this
Section 10 or otherwise. No party shall be liable for contribution with
respect to any action or claim settled without its consent, provided, however,
that such consent was not unreasonably withheld.
11. Default by an Underwriter.
--------------------------
(a) If any Underwriter or Underwriters shall default in its or
their obligation to purchase Firm Shares or Additional Shares hereunder, and
if the Firm Shares or Additional Shares with respect to which such default
relates do not (after giving effect to arrangements, if any, made by the
Underwriters pursuant to Subsection (b) below) exceed in the aggregate 10% of
the number of Firm Shares or Additional Shares, the Firm Shares or Additional
Shares which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed but failed or
refused to purchase shall be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters in
proportion to the respective proportions which the numbers of Firm Shares set
forth opposite their respective names in Schedule I hereto bear to the
aggregate number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of the non-
defaulting Underwriters.
(b) In the event that such default relates to more than 10% of the
Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, the Underwriters may in
their discretion arrange for themselves or for another party or parties
(including any non-defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters who so agree) to
purchase such Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, to which
such default relates on the terms contained herein. In the event that within 5
calendar days after such a default the Underwriters do not arrange for the
purchase of the Firm Shares or Additional Shares, as the case may be, to which
such default relates as provided in this Section 11, this Agreement, or in the
case of a default with respect to the Additional Shares, the obligations of
the Underwriters to purchase and of the Option Stockholders to sell the
Additional Shares, shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of
the Company or the Selling Stockholders with respect thereto (except in each
case as provided in Section 7, 9(a) and 10 hereof) or the Underwriters, but
nothing in this Agreement shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter or
Underwriters of its or their liability, if any, to the other Underwriter, the
Company, or the Selling Stockholders for damages occasioned by its or their
default hereunder.
(c) In the event that the Firm Shares or Additional Shares to
which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting
Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid,
the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the
right to postpone the Closing Date or Additional Closing Date, as the case may
be, for a period, not exceeding five business days, in order to effect
whatever changes may thereby be made necessary in the Registration Statement
or the Prospectus or in any other documents and arrangements, and the Company
agrees to file promptly any amendment or supplement to the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus which, in the opinion of Underwriters' Counsel,
may thereby be made necessary or
<PAGE>
27
advisable. The term "Underwriter" as used in this Agreement shall include any
party substituted under this Section 11 with like effect as if it had
originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such Firm Shares or
Additional Shares.
12. Survival of Representations and Agreements. All representations
------------------------------------------
and warranties, covenants and agreements of the Underwriters, the Company and
the Selling Stockholders contained in this Agreement, including the agreements
contained in Section 7, the indemnity agreements contained in Section 9 and
the contribution agreements contained in Section 10, shall remain operative
and in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on
behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling person thereof or by or on behalf
of the Company, any of its officers and directors, or any controlling person
of the Company or by or on behalf of any Selling Stockholder or controlling
person thereof, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares to
and by the Underwriters. The representations contained in Section 1 and the
agreements contained in Sections 7, 9, 10, 13(d) and 14 hereof shall survive
the termination of this Agreement, including termination pursuant to Section
11 or 13 hereof.
13. Effective Date of Agreement; Termination.
----------------------------------------
(a) This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and
delivery of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto.
(b) The Underwriters shall have the right to terminate this
Agreement at any time prior to the Closing Date or the obligations of the
Underwriters to purchase the Additional Shares at any time prior to the
Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, if on or prior to such date, (i)
the Company or any Selling Stockholder shall have failed, refused or been
unable to perform in any material respect any agreement on its part to be
performed hereunder, (ii) any other condition to the obligations of the
Underwriters hereunder as provided in Section 8 is not fulfilled when and as
required in any material respect, (iii) in the reasonable judgment of the
Underwriters any Material Adverse Change shall have occurred since the
respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus, other
than as set forth in the Prospectus, (iv) any downgrading shall have in the
rating accorded the Company's debt securities by any "nationally recognized
statistical rating organization", as that term is defined by the Commission
for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the Securities Act, or any such
organization shall have publicly announced that it has under surveillance or
review, with possible negative implications, its rating of any of the
Company's debt securities, or (v)(A) any domestic or international event or
act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in the opinion of the
Underwriters will in the immediate future materially disrupt, the market for
the Company's securities or for securities in general; or (B) trading in
securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") or quotations on
the Nasdaq shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or
maximum prices for trading shall have been established, or maximum ranges for
prices for securities shall have been required, on such exchange, or by such
exchange or other regulatory body or governmental authority having
jurisdiction; or (C) a banking moratorium shall have been declared by federal
or state authorities, or a
<PAGE>
28
moratorium in foreign exchange trading by major international banks or persons
shall have been declared; or (D) there is an outbreak or escalation of armed
hostilities involving the United States on or after the date hereof, or if
there has been a declaration by the United States of a national emergency or
war, the effect of which shall be, in the Underwriters' judgment, to make it
inadvisable or impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and delivery
of the Firm Shares or the Additional Shares, on the terms and in the manner
contemplated by the Prospectus; or (E) there shall have been such a material
adverse change in general economic, political or financial conditions or if
the effect of international conditions on the financial markets in the United
States shall be such as, in the Underwriters' judgment, makes it inadvisable
or impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and delivery of the Firm
Shares or the Additional Shares, as the case may be, on the terms and in the
manner contemplated by the Prospectus.
(c) Any notice of termination pursuant to this Section 13 shall be
by telephone, telex, telegraph or telephonic facsimile, confirmed in writing
by letter.
(d) If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to any of the
provisions hereof (other than pursuant to Section 11(b) or 13(b) hereof), or
if the sale of the Shares provided for herein is not consummated because any
condition to the obligations of the Underwriters set forth herein is not
satisfied or because of any refusal, inability or failure on the part of the
Company of any Selling Stockholders to perform any agreement herein or comply
with any provision hereof, the Company will, subject to demand by the
Underwriters, reimburse the Underwriters for all out-of-pocket expenses
(including the fees and expenses of their counsel), incurred by the
Underwriters in connection herewith.
14. Underwriters' Information. The Company, the Underwriters and each
--------------------------
Selling Stockholder severally acknowledge that the statements set forth in (i)
the last paragraph of the outside front cover of the Prospectus concerning the
delivery of the shares of Common Stock to the Underwriters and the offering of
such shares by the Underwriters; (ii) the paragraph on the inside front cover
of the Prospectus Supplement concerning transactions that stabilize, maintain,
or otherwise affect the price of the Common Stock; (iii) the third paragraph
under the caption "Underwriting" in the Prospectus concerning the proposed
public offering price, discount and concession; and (iv) the tenth and
eleventh paragraphs under the caption "Underwriting" in the Prospectus
concerning transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the
price of the Common Stock, constitute the only information furnished in
writing by or on behalf of any Underwriter expressly for use in the
Registration Statement, as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, any
related Preliminary Prospectus or preliminary prospectus supplement or the
Prospectus or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, as the case may
be.
15. Notices. All communications hereunder, except as may be otherwise
--------
specifically provided herein, shall be in writing and, if sent to the
Underwriters, shall be mailed, delivered, or telexed, telegraphed or
telecopied and confirmed in writing to Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.,
_________________ and __________, c/o Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., 245 Park
Avenue, New York, New York 10167, Attention: Corporate Finance Department,
telecopy number: (212) 272-
<PAGE>
29
3092, with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to Simpson Thacher &
Bartlett, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017; Attn: Gary L.
Sellers, telecopy number: (212) 455-2502; and if sent to the Company, shall be
mailed, delivered or telexed, telegraphed or telecopied and confirmed in
writing to Covad Communications Group, Inc., 2330 Central Expressway, Santa
Clara, California 95050, Attention: Chief Executive Officer, telecopy number:
(408) 844-7501, with a copy, which shall not constitute notice, to Wilson
Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Alto, California
94304, Attn: Barry Taylor, telecopy number: (650) 493-6811 and if sent to any
Selling Stockholder, shall be mailed, delivered, or telexed, telegraphed or
telecopied and confirmed in writing to such Selling Stockholder c/o [Wilson
Sonsini, Goodrich & Rosati, P.C., 650 Page Mill Road, Palo Also, California
94304, Attn: Barry Taylor, telecopy number: (650) 493-6811.]
16. Parties. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of, and
--------
shall be binding upon, the Underwriters, the Selling Stockholders and the
Company and the controlling persons, directors, officers, employees and agents
referred to in Section 9 and 10, and their respective successors and assigns,
and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable
right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or
any provision herein contained. The term "successors and assigns" shall not
include a purchaser, in its capacity as such, of Shares from any of the
Underwriters.
17. GOVERNING LAW; Construction. This Agreement shall be construed
----------------------------
in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to
agreements made and to be performed within such State, without giving any effect
to any provisions thereof relating to conflicts of law. TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE
IN THIS AGREEMENT.
18. Captions. The captions included in this Agreement are included
---------
solely for convenience of reference and are not to be considered a part of this
Agreement.
19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in various
-------------
counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
<PAGE>
30
If the foregoing, correctly sets forth the understanding among the
Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below
for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement
among us.
Very truly yours,
COVAD COMMUNICATIONS GROUP, INC.
By_____________________________________
Name___________________________________
Title__________________________________
Accepted as of the date first above written
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
BT ALEX. BROWN INCORPORATED
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE SECURITIES CORPORATION
WIT CAPITAL CORPORATION
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
By______________________________
Name____________________________
Title___________________________
[INSERT NAMES OF SELLING STOCKHOLDERS]
By: ___________________________________
Name: _________________________________
Title: ________________________________
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE I
Number of Shares
Name of Underwriters to be Purchased
- -------------------- ---------------
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc................................... [ ]
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated.........................
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated ..............................
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation....................
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation.......
Wit Capital Corporation...................................
------------------
Total.............................................................7,500,000
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE II
Number of Firm
Name of Selling Stockholder Shares to be Sold
- --------------------------- -----------------
<PAGE>
SCHEDULE III
Maximum Number
of Additional
Name of Selling Stockholder Shares to be Sold
- --------------------------- -----------------
Warburg, Pincus Ventures, L.P. ......................
------------------
Total................................ 1,125,000
<PAGE>
Exhibit A
Form of Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, P.C.
<PAGE>
Exhibit B
Form of Opinion of Dhruv Khanna, General Counsel of the Company
<PAGE>
Exhibit C
Form of Opinion of Counsel to Selling Stockholders
1. The Underwriting Agreement has been duly authorized, executed
and delivered by or on behalf of, and is a valid and binding agreement of, the
Selling Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights
to indemnification thereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the
enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally or by general equitable principles.
2. The execution and delivery by the Selling Stockholder of, and
the performance by the Selling Stockholder of its obligations under, the
Underwriting Agreement and its Custody Agreement and its Power of Attorney will
not contravene or conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default
under, the charter or by-laws, partnership agreement, trust agreement or other
organizational documents, as the case may be, of the Selling Stockholder, or, to
the best of such counsel's knowledge, violate or contravene any provision of
applicable law or regulation, or violate, result in a breach of or constitute a
default under the terms of any other agreement or instrument to which the
Selling Stockholder is a party or by which it is bound, or any judgment, order
or decree applicable to the Selling Stockholder of any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency, governmental body or arbitrator having jurisdiction over
the Selling Stockholder.
3. The Selling Stockholder has good and valid title to all of the
Common Shares which may be sold by the Selling Stockholder under the
Underwriting Agreement and has the legal right and power, and all authorizations
and approvals required under its Declaration of Trust, as amended, to enter into
the Underwriting Agreement and its Custody Agreement and its Power of Attorney,
to sell, transfer and deliver all of the Common Shares which may be sold by the
Selling Stockholder under the Underwriting Agreement and to comply with its
other obligations under the Underwriting Agreement, its Custody Agreement and
its Power of Attorney.
4. Each of the Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney of the
Selling Stockholder has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
Selling Stockholder and is a valid and binding agreement of the Selling
Stockholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to
indemnification thereunder may be limited by applicable law and except as the
enforcement thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights
generally or by general equitable principles.
5. Assuming that the Underwriters purchase the Common Shares which
are sold by the Selling Stockholder pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement for
value, in good faith and without notice of any adverse claim, the delivery of
such Common Shares pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement will pass good and
valid title to such Common Shares, free and clear of any security interest,
mortgage, pledge, lien encumbrance or other claim.
<PAGE>
6. To the best of such counsel's knowledge, no consent, approval,
authorization or other order of, or registration or filing with, any court or
governmental authority or agency, is required for the consummation by the
Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated in the Underwriting
Agreement, except as required under the Securities Act of 1933, applicable state
securities or blue sky laws, and from the NASD.
Very truly yours,
----------------------------
<PAGE>
Exhibit D
Covad Communications Group, Inc.
2330 Central Expressway
Santa Clara, California 95050
Lock-Up Agreement
___________, 1999
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation
Wit Capital Corporation
c/o Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
245 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10167
Dear Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned understands that Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. (the
"Representative") of the several underwriters (the "Underwriters"), proposes to
enter into an Underwriting Agreement with Covad Communications Group, Inc. (the
"Company") and certain stockholders (the "Selling Stockholders") of the Company
named in Schedule II of the Underwriting Agreement providing for the offering
(the "Offering") by the Underwriters, including the Representative, of the
shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.001 per share (the "Common
Stock") which are owned by the Selling Stockholders.
In consideration of the Underwriters' agreement to purchase and
undertake the Offering and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt of
which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned, pursuant to this letter agreement
(this "Agreement"), agrees that, without the prior written consent of the
Representative, the undersigned will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell,
contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, pledge or otherwise dispose of
any shares of Common Stock of the Company (including, without limitation, shares
of Common Stock of the Company that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by
the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities
and Exchange Commission and shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon
exercise of a stock option or warrant) or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for such Common Stock (such Common Stock and
securities are referred to herein as, collectively, "Securities"), or, in any
manner, transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with
the ownership of Securities, for a period (the "Lock-Up Period") of [90] days
after the date of the
<PAGE>
Prospectus used by the Company in connection with the Offering (any of the
foregoing, a "Disposition"); provided, however, that the undersigned may make a
Disposition: (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees
thereof agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement; (ii) as a
distribution to limited partners or shareholders of the undersigned, provided
that the distributees thereof agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this
Agreement; (iii) if the undersigned is an individual, either during his or her
lifetime or on death by will or intestacy to his or her immediate family or to a
trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the undersigned and/or a member
or members of his or her immediate family, provided that prior to any such
transfer each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this
Agreement; or (iv) with the prior written consent of the Representative. For the
purposes of this paragraph, "immediate family" shall mean spouse, lineal
descendant, father, mother, brother or sister of the transferor.
In addition, the undersigned agrees that the Company may, and that the
undersigned will, (i) with respect to any shares for which the undersigned is
the record holder, cause the transfer agent for the Company to note stop
transfer instructions with respect to such shares on the transfer books and
records of the Company and (ii) with respect to any shares for which the
undersigned is the beneficial holder but not the record holder, cause the record
holder of such shares to cause the transfer agent for the Company to note stop
transfer instructions with respect to such shares on the transfer books and
records of the Company.
The foregoing restrictions are expressly agreed to preclude the holder
of any Securities from engaging in any hedging or other transaction that is
designed to or is reasonably expected to lead to or result in a Disposition of
Securities during the Lock-Up Period even if such Securities would be disposed
of by someone other than the undersigned. Such prohibited hedging or other
transactions would include, without limitation, any short sale (whether or not
against the box) or any purchase, sale or grant of any right (including, without
limitation, any put or call option) with respect to any of the Securities or any
security (other than a broad-based market basket or index) that includes,
relates to or derives any significant part of its value from any of the
Securities.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned
has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, and that, upon
request, the undersigned will execute any additional documents necessary or
desirable in connection with the enforcement hereof. All authority herein
conferred or agreed to the conferred shall survive the death or incapacity of
the undersigned and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the
heirs, personal representatives, successors, and assigns of the undersigned.
[signature page follows]
ii
<PAGE>
The undersigned hereby executes this Agreement and agrees to its terms
as of the date first written above.
Very truly yours,
_________________________________________
(Signature)
Please type:______________________________
(Name)
_________________________________________
(Address)
_________________________________________
(Social Security or
Taxpayer Identification No.)
Number of shares owned or subject to Certificate numbers:
warrants, options or convertibles
securities:
iii
<PAGE>
Exhibit E
Individuals Delivering a Lock-Up Agreement Pursuant to Section 8(k)
<PAGE>
EXHIBIT 5.1
WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
Professional Corporation
650 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304-1050
Telephone (650) 493-9300 Facsimile (650) 493-6811
May 19, 1999
Covad Communications Group, Inc.
2330 Central Expressway
Santa Clara, CA 95050
RE: REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-1 to be filed by you
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 19, 1999 (the "Registration
Statement") in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, of 8,625,000 shares of Common Stock of Covad Communications
Group, Inc. (the "Shares") to be sold by the Selling Stockholders named
therein. As your counsel in connection with this transaction, we have examined
the proceedings proposed to be taken in connection with said sale and issuance
of the Shares.
It is our opinion that, upon completion of the proceedings being taken or
contemplated by us, as your counsel, to be taken prior to the sale and issuance
of the Shares, and upon completion of the proceedings being taken in order to
permit such transactions to be carried out in accordance with the securities
laws of various states, where required, the Shares, when issued and sold in the
manner referred to in the Registration Statement, will be legally and validly
issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement, and further consent to the use of our name wherever appearing in the
Registration Statement, including the prospectus constituting a part thereof,
and any amendment thereto.
Very truly yours,
/s/ WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
------------------------------------
WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
Professional Corporation
<PAGE>
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the
use of our report dated February 15, 1999, except for the fourth paragraph of
Note 1.J. as to which the date is May 4, 1999, in the Registration Statement
(Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Covad Communications Group, Inc. for the
registration of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
San Jose, California
May 18, 1999
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> YEAR YEAR
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1997 DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1997 JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END> DEC-31-1997 DEC-31-1998
<CASH> 4,378 64,450
<SECURITIES> 0 0
<RECEIVABLES> 25 2,153
<ALLOWANCES> 0 220
<INVENTORY> 43 946
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 4,819 69,689
<PP&E> 3,084 62,621
<DEPRECIATION> 70 3,476
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 8,074 139,419
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 1,022 21,509
<BONDS> 0 142,300
0 0
18 18
<COMMON> 17 18
<OTHER-SE> 6,463 (24,742)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 8,074 139,419
<SALES> 26 5,326
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 26 5,326
<CGS> 54 4,562
<TOTAL-COSTS> 54 4,562
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 2,739 38,446
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 12 15,217
<INCOME-PRETAX> (2,612) (48,121)
<INCOME-TAX> 0 0
<INCOME-CONTINUING> (2,612) (48,121)
<DISCONTINUED> 0 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0
<CHANGES> 0 0
<NET-INCOME> (2,612) (2,612)
<EPS-PRIMARY> (0.53) (5.62)
<EPS-DILUTED> (0.53) (5.62)
</TABLE>
<TABLE> <S> <C>
<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<MULTIPLIER> 1,000
<S> <C> <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE> 3-MOS 3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END> DEC-31-1998 DEC-31-1999
<PERIOD-START> JAN-01-1998 JAN-01-1999
<PERIOD-END> MAR-31-1998 MAR-31-1999
<CASH> 0 341,803
<SECURITIES> 0 0
<RECEIVABLES> 0 4,504
<ALLOWANCES> 0 875
<INVENTORY> 0 3,316
<CURRENT-ASSETS> 0 354,799
<PP&E> 0 105,423
<DEPRECIATION> 0 6,227
<TOTAL-ASSETS> 0 577,238
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES> 0 31,678
<BONDS> 0 357,950
0 0
0 0
<COMMON> 0 69
<OTHER-SE> 0 187,300
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY> 0 577,238
<SALES> 186 5,596
<TOTAL-REVENUES> 186 5,596
<CGS> 203 4,960
<TOTAL-COSTS> 203 4,960
<OTHER-EXPENSES> 2,335 24,413
<LOSS-PROVISION> 0 0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE> 864 8,636
<INCOME-PRETAX> (2,781) (28,904)
<INCOME-TAX> 0 0
<INCOME-CONTINUING> (2,781) (28,904)
<DISCONTINUED> 0 0
<EXTRAORDINARY> 0 0
<CHANGES> 0 0
<NET-INCOME> (2,781) (28,904)
<EPS-PRIMARY> (0.39) (0.56)
<EPS-DILUTED> (0.39) (0.56)
</TABLE>
